summaryrefslogtreecommitdiffstats
path: root/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include')
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/.indent.pro54
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_compat.h28
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config.h256
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h250
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h.in249
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h59
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h.in59
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_listen.h119
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mmn.h127
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mpm.h176
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_provider.h54
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_regkey.h218
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_release.h56
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_config.h1018
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_connection.h139
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_core.h640
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_log.h334
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_main.h58
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_protocol.h697
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_request.h373
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_vhost.h109
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/httpd.h1760
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/mpm_common.h298
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/pcreposix.h99
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/rfc1413.h42
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/scoreboard.h197
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_cfgtree.h79
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_charset.h54
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ebcdic.h78
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_filter.h516
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ldap.h318
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_md5.h70
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_script.h142
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_time.h85
-rw-r--r--rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_xml.h46
35 files changed, 0 insertions, 8857 deletions
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/.indent.pro b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/.indent.pro
deleted file mode 100644
index a9fbe9f9..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/.indent.pro
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
--i4 -npsl -di0 -br -nce -d0 -cli0 -npcs -nfc1
--TBUFF
--TFILE
--TTRANS
--TUINT4
--T_trans
--Tallow_options_t
--Tapache_sfio
--Tarray_header
--Tbool_int
--Tbuf_area
--Tbuff_struct
--Tbuffy
--Tcmd_how
--Tcmd_parms
--Tcommand_rec
--Tcommand_struct
--Tconn_rec
--Tcore_dir_config
--Tcore_server_config
--Tdir_maker_func
--Tevent
--Tglobals_s
--Thandler_func
--Thandler_rec
--Tjoblist_s
--Tlisten_rec
--Tmerger_func
--Tmode_t
--Tmodule
--Tmodule_struct
--Tmutex
--Tn_long
--Tother_child_rec
--Toverrides_t
--Tparent_score
--Tpid_t
--Tpiped_log
--Tpool
--Trequest_rec
--Trequire_line
--Trlim_t
--Tscoreboard
--Tsemaphore
--Tserver_addr_rec
--Tserver_rec
--Tserver_rec_chain
--Tshort_score
--Ttable
--Ttable_entry
--Tthread
--Tu_wide_int
--Tvtime_t
--Twide_int
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_compat.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_compat.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4985bc4d..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_compat.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_COMPAT_H
-#define AP_COMPAT_H
-
-/* Drag in apu (and therefore apr) renamed symbols */
-#include "apu_compat.h"
-
-/* redefine 1.3.x symbols to the new symbol names */
-
-#define MODULE_VAR_EXPORT AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
-#define ap_send_http_header(r) ;
-
-#endif /* AP_COMPAT_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9d8db24b..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,256 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_CONFIG_H
-#define AP_CONFIG_H
-
-#include "apr.h"
-#include "apr_hooks.h"
-#include "apr_optional_hooks.h"
-
-/**
- * @file ap_config.h
- * @brief Symbol export macros and hook functions
- */
-
-/* Although this file doesn't declare any hooks, declare the hook group here */
-/** @defgroup hooks Apache Hooks */
-
-#ifdef DOXYGEN
-/* define these just so doxygen documents them */
-
-/**
- * AP_DECLARE_STATIC is defined when including Apache's Core headers,
- * to provide static linkage when the dynamic library may be unavailable.
- *
- * @see AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
- *
- * AP_DECLARE_STATIC and AP_DECLARE_EXPORT are left undefined when
- * including Apache's Core headers, to import and link the symbols from the
- * dynamic Apache Core library and assure appropriate indirection and calling
- * conventions at compile time.
- */
-# define AP_DECLARE_STATIC
-/**
- * AP_DECLARE_EXPORT is defined when building the Apache Core dynamic
- * library, so that all public symbols are exported.
- *
- * @see AP_DECLARE_STATIC
- */
-# define AP_DECLARE_EXPORT
-
-#endif /* def DOXYGEN */
-
-#if !defined(WIN32)
-/**
- * Apache Core dso functions are declared with AP_DECLARE(), so they may
- * use the most appropriate calling convention. Hook functions and other
- * Core functions with variable arguments must use AP_DECLARE_NONSTD().
- * @code
- * AP_DECLARE(rettype) ap_func(args)
- * @endcode
- */
-#define AP_DECLARE(type) type
-
-/**
- * Apache Core dso variable argument and hook functions are declared with
- * AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(), as they must use the C language calling convention.
- * @see AP_DECLARE
- * @code
- * AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(rettype) ap_func(args [...])
- * @endcode
- */
-#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-
-/**
- * Apache Core dso variables are declared with AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA.
- * This assures the appropriate indirection is invoked at compile time.
- *
- * @note AP_DECLARE_DATA extern type apr_variable; syntax is required for
- * declarations within headers to properly import the variable.
- * @code
- * AP_DECLARE_DATA type apr_variable
- * @endcode
- */
-#define AP_DECLARE_DATA
-
-#elif defined(AP_DECLARE_STATIC)
-#define AP_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
-#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-#define AP_DECLARE_DATA
-#elif defined(AP_DECLARE_EXPORT)
-#define AP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
-#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
-#define AP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
-#else
-#define AP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
-#define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
-#define AP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(WIN32) || defined(AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC)
-/**
- * Declare a dso module's exported module structure as AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA.
- *
- * Unless AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC is defined at compile time, symbols
- * declared with AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA are always exported.
- * @code
- * module AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA mod_tag
- * @endcode
- */
-#if defined(WIN32)
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
-#else
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) type
-#endif
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
-#else
-/**
- * AP_MODULE_DECLARE_EXPORT is a no-op. Unless contradicted by the
- * AP_MODULE_DECLARE_STATIC compile-time symbol, it is assumed and defined.
- *
- * The old SHARED_MODULE compile-time symbol is now the default behavior,
- * so it is no longer referenced anywhere with Apache 2.0.
- */
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_EXPORT
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
-#define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Declare a hook function
- * @param ret The return type of the hook
- * @param name The hook's name (as a literal)
- * @param args The arguments the hook function takes, in brackets.
- */
-#define AP_DECLARE_HOOK(ret,name,args) \
- APR_DECLARE_EXTERNAL_HOOK(ap,AP,ret,name,args)
-
-/** @internal */
-#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_BASE(name) \
- APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_BASE(ap,AP,name)
-
-/**
- * Implement an Apache core hook that has no return code, and
- * therefore runs all of the registered functions. The implementation
- * is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
- *
- * @param name The name of the hook
- * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
- * "(int x,void *y)"
- * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
- * "(x,y)"
- * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core,
- * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_VOID.
- */
-#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_VOID(name,args_decl,args_use) \
- APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_VOID(ap,AP,name,args_decl,args_use)
-
-/**
- * Implement an Apache core hook that runs until one of the functions
- * returns something other than ok or decline. That return value is
- * then returned from the hook runner. If the hooks run to completion,
- * then ok is returned. Note that if no hook runs it would probably be
- * more correct to return decline, but this currently does not do
- * so. The implementation is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
- *
- * @param ret The return type of the hook (and the hook runner)
- * @param name The name of the hook
- * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
- * "(int x,void *y)"
- * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
- * "(x,y)"
- * @param ok The "ok" return value
- * @param decline The "decline" return value
- * @return ok, decline or an error.
- * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core,
- * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL.
- */
-#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,ok,decline) \
- APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
- args_use,ok,decline)
-
-/**
- * Implement a hook that runs until a function returns something other than
- * decline. If all functions return decline, the hook runner returns decline.
- * The implementation is called ap_run_<i>name</i>.
- *
- * @param ret The return type of the hook (and the hook runner)
- * @param name The name of the hook
- * @param args_decl The declaration of the arguments for the hook, for example
- * "(int x,void *y)"
- * @param args_use The arguments for the hook as used in a call, for example
- * "(x,y)"
- * @param decline The "decline" return value
- * @return decline or an error.
- * @note If IMPLEMENTing a hook that is not linked into the Apache core
- * (e.g. within a dso) see APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_FIRST.
- */
-#define AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_FIRST(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,decline) \
- APR_IMPLEMENT_EXTERNAL_HOOK_RUN_FIRST(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
- args_use,decline)
-
-/* Note that the other optional hook implementations are straightforward but
- * have not yet been needed
- */
-
-/**
- * Implement an optional hook. This is exactly the same as a standard hook
- * implementation, except the hook is optional.
- * @see AP_IMPLEMENT_HOOK_RUN_ALL
- */
-#define AP_IMPLEMENT_OPTIONAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ret,name,args_decl,args_use,ok, \
- decline) \
- APR_IMPLEMENT_OPTIONAL_HOOK_RUN_ALL(ap,AP,ret,name,args_decl, \
- args_use,ok,decline)
-
-/**
- * Hook an optional hook. Unlike static hooks, this uses a macro instead of a
- * function.
- */
-#define AP_OPTIONAL_HOOK(name,fn,pre,succ,order) \
- APR_OPTIONAL_HOOK(ap,name,fn,pre,succ,order)
-
-#include "os.h"
-#if !defined(WIN32) && !defined(NETWARE)
-#include "ap_config_auto.h"
-#include "ap_config_layout.h"
-#endif
-#if defined(NETWARE)
-#define AP_NONBLOCK_WHEN_MULTI_LISTEN 1
-#endif
-
-/* TODO - We need to put OS detection back to make all the following work */
-
-#if defined(SUNOS4) || defined(IRIX) || defined(NEXT) || defined(AUX3) \
- || defined (UW) || defined(LYNXOS) || defined(TPF)
-/* These systems don't do well with any lingering close code; I don't know
- * why -- manoj */
-#define NO_LINGCLOSE
-#endif
-
-/* If APR has OTHER_CHILD logic, use reliable piped logs. */
-#if APR_HAS_OTHER_CHILD
-#define AP_HAVE_RELIABLE_PIPED_LOGS TRUE
-#endif
-
-#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC && !defined(APACHE_XLATE)
-#define APACHE_XLATE
-#endif
-
-#endif /* AP_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 701a99e1..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,250 +0,0 @@
-/* include/ap_config_auto.h. Generated from ap_config_auto.h.in by configure. */
-/* include/ap_config_auto.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
-/* Define this if struct tm has a field tm_gmtoff */
-#define HAVE_GMTOFF 1
-
-/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
-/* #undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD */
-
-/* Location of the source for the current MPM */
-#define APACHE_MPM_DIR "server/mpm/worker"
-
-/* SuExec root directory */
-/* #undef AP_DOC_ROOT */
-
-/* Allow modules to run hook after a fatal exception */
-/* #undef AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK */
-
-/* Allow IPv4 connections on IPv6 listening sockets */
-#define AP_ENABLE_V4_MAPPED 1
-
-/* Minimum allowed GID */
-/* #undef AP_GID_MIN */
-
-/* User allowed to call SuExec */
-/* #undef AP_HTTPD_USER */
-
-/* SuExec log file */
-/* #undef AP_LOG_EXEC */
-
-/* Listening sockets are non-blocking when there are more than 1 */
-#define AP_NONBLOCK_WHEN_MULTI_LISTEN 1
-
-/* safe shell path for SuExec */
-/* #undef AP_SAFE_PATH */
-
-/* Signal used to gracefully restart */
-#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL SIGUSR1
-
-/* Signal used to gracefully restart (without SIG prefix) */
-#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_SHORT USR1
-
-/* Signal used to gracefully restart (as a quoted string) */
-#define AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STRING "SIGUSR1"
-
-/* umask for suexec'd process */
-/* #undef AP_SUEXEC_UMASK */
-
-/* Location of the MIME types config file, relative to the Apache root
- directory */
-#define AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE "conf/mime.types"
-
-/* Minimum allowed UID */
-/* #undef AP_UID_MIN */
-
-/* byte order is unknown due to cross-compilation */
-/* #undef AP_UNKNOWN_BYTE_ORDER */
-
-/* User subdirectory */
-/* #undef AP_USERDIR_SUFFIX */
-
-/* Using autoconf to configure Apache */
-#define AP_USING_AUTOCONF 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `bindprocessor' function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_BINDPROCESSOR */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <bstring.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_BSTRING_H */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrnam' function. */
-#define HAVE_GETGRNAM 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam' function. */
-#define HAVE_GETPWNAM 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_GRP_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */
-#define HAVE_INITGROUPS 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_INTTYPES_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */
-#define HAVE_KILLPG 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_LIMITS_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_MEMORY_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `prctl' function. */
-#define HAVE_PRCTL 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_kill' function. */
-#define HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_PWD_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */
-#define HAVE_SETSID 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `SSL_set_cert_store' function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_SSL_SET_CERT_STORE */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `SSL_set_state' function. */
-/* #undef HAVE_SSL_SET_STATE */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STDINT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STDLIB_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STRINGS_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_STRING_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `syslog' function. */
-#define HAVE_SYSLOG 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ipc.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_IPC_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/prctl.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/processor.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_SYS_PROCESSOR_H */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sem.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_SEM_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_STAT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/times.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_TIME_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
-#define HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
-#define HAVE_TIMEGM 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `times' function. */
-#define HAVE_TIMES 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#define HAVE_UNISTD_H 1
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <zutil.h> header file. */
-/* #undef HAVE_ZUTIL_H */
-
-/* Root directory of the Apache install area */
-#define HTTPD_ROOT "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2"
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#define PACKAGE_BUGREPORT ""
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_NAME ""
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_STRING ""
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_TARNAME ""
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#define PACKAGE_VERSION ""
-
-/* Location of the config file, relative to the Apache root directory */
-#define SERVER_CONFIG_FILE "conf/httpd.conf"
-
-/* This platform doesn't suffer from the thundering herd problem */
-/* #undef SINGLE_LISTEN_UNSERIALIZED_ACCEPT */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#define STDC_HEADERS 1
-
-/* Path to suexec binary */
-/* #undef SUEXEC_BIN */
-
-/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
-#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
-# define _ALL_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
-#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
-# define _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS 1
-#endif
-/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
-#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
-# define _TANDEM_SOURCE 1
-#endif
-/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
-#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
-# define __EXTENSIONS__ 1
-#endif
-
-
-/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
- significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
-#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
-# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-/* # undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN */
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
-/* #undef _MINIX */
-
-/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
- this defined. */
-/* #undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE */
-
-/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
-/* #undef _POSIX_SOURCE */
-
-/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
-/* #undef const */
-
-/* Define to 'int' if <sys/resource.h> doesn't define it for us */
-/* #undef rlim_t */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h.in b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 0b069a29..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_auto.h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,249 +0,0 @@
-/* include/ap_config_auto.h.in. Generated from configure.in by autoheader. */
-/* Define this if struct tm has a field tm_gmtoff */
-#undef HAVE_GMTOFF
-
-/* Define if building universal (internal helper macro) */
-#undef AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
-
-/* Location of the source for the current MPM */
-#undef APACHE_MPM_DIR
-
-/* SuExec root directory */
-#undef AP_DOC_ROOT
-
-/* Allow modules to run hook after a fatal exception */
-#undef AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
-
-/* Allow IPv4 connections on IPv6 listening sockets */
-#undef AP_ENABLE_V4_MAPPED
-
-/* Minimum allowed GID */
-#undef AP_GID_MIN
-
-/* User allowed to call SuExec */
-#undef AP_HTTPD_USER
-
-/* SuExec log file */
-#undef AP_LOG_EXEC
-
-/* Listening sockets are non-blocking when there are more than 1 */
-#undef AP_NONBLOCK_WHEN_MULTI_LISTEN
-
-/* safe shell path for SuExec */
-#undef AP_SAFE_PATH
-
-/* Signal used to gracefully restart */
-#undef AP_SIG_GRACEFUL
-
-/* Signal used to gracefully restart (without SIG prefix) */
-#undef AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_SHORT
-
-/* Signal used to gracefully restart (as a quoted string) */
-#undef AP_SIG_GRACEFUL_STRING
-
-/* umask for suexec'd process */
-#undef AP_SUEXEC_UMASK
-
-/* Location of the MIME types config file, relative to the Apache root
- directory */
-#undef AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE
-
-/* Minimum allowed UID */
-#undef AP_UID_MIN
-
-/* byte order is unknown due to cross-compilation */
-#undef AP_UNKNOWN_BYTE_ORDER
-
-/* User subdirectory */
-#undef AP_USERDIR_SUFFIX
-
-/* Using autoconf to configure Apache */
-#undef AP_USING_AUTOCONF
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `bindprocessor' function. */
-#undef HAVE_BINDPROCESSOR
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <bstring.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_BSTRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getgrnam' function. */
-#undef HAVE_GETGRNAM
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `getpwnam' function. */
-#undef HAVE_GETPWNAM
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <grp.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_GRP_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `initgroups' function. */
-#undef HAVE_INITGROUPS
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <inttypes.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `killpg' function. */
-#undef HAVE_KILLPG
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <limits.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_LIMITS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <memory.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_MEMORY_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `prctl' function. */
-#undef HAVE_PRCTL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `pthread_kill' function. */
-#undef HAVE_PTHREAD_KILL
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <pwd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_PWD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `setsid' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SETSID
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `SSL_set_cert_store' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SSL_SET_CERT_STORE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `SSL_set_state' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SSL_SET_STATE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdint.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDINT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <stdlib.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <strings.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRINGS_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <string.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_STRING_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `syslog' function. */
-#undef HAVE_SYSLOG
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/ipc.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_IPC_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/prctl.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PRCTL_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/processor.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_PROCESSOR_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/resource.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_RESOURCE_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/sem.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SEM_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/socket.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_SOCKET_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/stat.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/times.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/time.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <sys/types.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_TYPES_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have <sys/wait.h> that is POSIX.1 compatible. */
-#undef HAVE_SYS_WAIT_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `timegm' function. */
-#undef HAVE_TIMEGM
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the `times' function. */
-#undef HAVE_TIMES
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <unistd.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the <zutil.h> header file. */
-#undef HAVE_ZUTIL_H
-
-/* Root directory of the Apache install area */
-#undef HTTPD_ROOT
-
-/* Define to the address where bug reports for this package should be sent. */
-#undef PACKAGE_BUGREPORT
-
-/* Define to the full name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_NAME
-
-/* Define to the full name and version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_STRING
-
-/* Define to the one symbol short name of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_TARNAME
-
-/* Define to the version of this package. */
-#undef PACKAGE_VERSION
-
-/* Location of the config file, relative to the Apache root directory */
-#undef SERVER_CONFIG_FILE
-
-/* This platform doesn't suffer from the thundering herd problem */
-#undef SINGLE_LISTEN_UNSERIALIZED_ACCEPT
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the ANSI C header files. */
-#undef STDC_HEADERS
-
-/* Path to suexec binary */
-#undef SUEXEC_BIN
-
-/* Enable extensions on AIX 3, Interix. */
-#ifndef _ALL_SOURCE
-# undef _ALL_SOURCE
-#endif
-/* Enable GNU extensions on systems that have them. */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# undef _GNU_SOURCE
-#endif
-/* Enable threading extensions on Solaris. */
-#ifndef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
-# undef _POSIX_PTHREAD_SEMANTICS
-#endif
-/* Enable extensions on HP NonStop. */
-#ifndef _TANDEM_SOURCE
-# undef _TANDEM_SOURCE
-#endif
-/* Enable general extensions on Solaris. */
-#ifndef __EXTENSIONS__
-# undef __EXTENSIONS__
-#endif
-
-
-/* Define WORDS_BIGENDIAN to 1 if your processor stores words with the most
- significant byte first (like Motorola and SPARC, unlike Intel). */
-#if defined AC_APPLE_UNIVERSAL_BUILD
-# if defined __BIG_ENDIAN__
-# define WORDS_BIGENDIAN 1
-# endif
-#else
-# ifndef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# undef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Define to 1 if on MINIX. */
-#undef _MINIX
-
-/* Define to 2 if the system does not provide POSIX.1 features except with
- this defined. */
-#undef _POSIX_1_SOURCE
-
-/* Define to 1 if you need to in order for `stat' and other things to work. */
-#undef _POSIX_SOURCE
-
-/* Define to empty if `const' does not conform to ANSI C. */
-#undef const
-
-/* Define to 'int' if <sys/resource.h> doesn't define it for us */
-#undef rlim_t
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 968d8f34..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H
-#define AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H
-
-/* Configured Apache directory layout */
-#define DEFAULT_PREFIX "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_EXEC_PREFIX "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_EXEC_PREFIX ""
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_BINDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/bin"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_BINDIR "bin"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_SBINDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/bin"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_SBINDIR "bin"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_LIBEXECDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/modules"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_LIBEXECDIR "modules"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_MANDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/man"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_MANDIR "man"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_SYSCONFDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/conf"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_SYSCONFDIR "conf"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_DATADIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_DATADIR ""
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_INSTALLBUILDDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/build"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_INSTALLBUILDDIR "build"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_ERRORDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/error"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_ERRORDIR "error"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_ICONSDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/icons"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_ICONSDIR "icons"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_HTDOCSDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/htdocs"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_HTDOCSDIR "htdocs"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_MANUALDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/manual"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_MANUALDIR "manual"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_CGIDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/cgi-bin"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_CGIDIR "cgi-bin"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_INCLUDEDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/include"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_INCLUDEDIR "include"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_LOCALSTATEDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_LOCALSTATEDIR ""
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_RUNTIMEDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/logs"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR "logs"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_LOGFILEDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/logs"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_LOGFILEDIR "logs"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_PROXYCACHEDIR "/bottlenecks/rubbos/app/apache2/proxy"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_PROXYCACHEDIR "proxy"
-
-#endif /* AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h.in b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h.in
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f936a23..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_config_layout.h.in
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H
-#define AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H
-
-/* Configured Apache directory layout */
-#define DEFAULT_PREFIX "@prefix@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_EXEC_PREFIX "@exp_exec_prefix@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_EXEC_PREFIX "@rel_exec_prefix@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_BINDIR "@exp_bindir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_BINDIR "@rel_bindir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_SBINDIR "@exp_sbindir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_SBINDIR "@rel_sbindir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_LIBEXECDIR "@exp_libexecdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_LIBEXECDIR "@rel_libexecdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_MANDIR "@exp_mandir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_MANDIR "@rel_mandir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_SYSCONFDIR "@exp_sysconfdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_SYSCONFDIR "@rel_sysconfdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_DATADIR "@exp_datadir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_DATADIR "@rel_datadir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_INSTALLBUILDDIR "@exp_installbuilddir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_INSTALLBUILDDIR "@rel_installbuilddir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_ERRORDIR "@exp_errordir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_ERRORDIR "@rel_errordir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_ICONSDIR "@exp_iconsdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_ICONSDIR "@rel_iconsdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_HTDOCSDIR "@exp_htdocsdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_HTDOCSDIR "@rel_htdocsdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_MANUALDIR "@exp_manualdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_MANUALDIR "@rel_manualdir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_CGIDIR "@exp_cgidir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_CGIDIR "@rel_cgidir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_INCLUDEDIR "@exp_includedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_INCLUDEDIR "@rel_includedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_LOCALSTATEDIR "@exp_localstatedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_LOCALSTATEDIR "@rel_localstatedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_RUNTIMEDIR "@exp_runtimedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_RUNTIMEDIR "@rel_runtimedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_LOGFILEDIR "@exp_logfiledir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_LOGFILEDIR "@rel_logfiledir@"
-#define DEFAULT_EXP_PROXYCACHEDIR "@exp_proxycachedir@"
-#define DEFAULT_REL_PROXYCACHEDIR "@rel_proxycachedir@"
-
-#endif /* AP_CONFIG_LAYOUT_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_listen.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_listen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 291b8266..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_listen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,119 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_LISTEN_H
-#define AP_LISTEN_H
-
-#include "apr_network_io.h"
-#include "httpd.h"
-#include "http_config.h"
-
-/**
- * @package Apache Listeners Library
- */
-
-typedef struct ap_listen_rec ap_listen_rec;
-typedef apr_status_t (*accept_function)(void **csd, ap_listen_rec *lr, apr_pool_t *ptrans);
-
-/**
- * Apache's listeners record. These are used in the Multi-Processing Modules
- * to setup all of the sockets for the MPM to listen to and accept on.
- */
-struct ap_listen_rec {
- /**
- * The next listener in the list
- */
- ap_listen_rec *next;
- /**
- * The actual socket
- */
- apr_socket_t *sd;
- /**
- * The sockaddr the socket should bind to
- */
- apr_sockaddr_t *bind_addr;
- /**
- * The accept function for this socket
- */
- accept_function accept_func;
- /**
- * Is this socket currently active
- */
- int active;
-/* more stuff here, like which protocol is bound to the port */
-};
-
-/**
- * The global list of ap_listen_rec structures
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_listen_rec *ap_listeners;
-
-/**
- * Setup all of the defaults for the listener list
- */
-void ap_listen_pre_config(void);
-#if !defined(SPMT_OS2_MPM)
-/**
- * Loop through the global ap_listen_rec list and create all of the required
- * sockets. This executes the listen and bind on the sockets.
- * @param s The global server_rec
- * @return The number of open sockets.
- * @warning This function is not available to Windows platforms, or the
- * Prefork or SPMT_OS2 MPMs.
- */
-int ap_setup_listeners(server_rec *s);
-#endif
-/* Split into two #if's to make the exports scripts easier.
- */
-#if defined(SPMT_OS2_MPM)
-/**
- * Create and open a socket on the specified port. This includes listening
- * and binding the socket.
- * @param process The process record for the currently running server
- * @param port The port to open a socket on.
- * @return The number of open sockets
- * @warning This function is only available to Windows platforms, or the
- * Prefork or SPMT_OS2 MPMs.
- */
-int ap_listen_open(process_rec *process, apr_port_t port);
-#endif
-
-/* Although these functions are exported from libmain, they are not really
- * public functions. These functions are actually called while parsing the
- * config file, when one of the LISTEN_COMMANDS directives is read. These
- * should not ever be called by external modules. ALL MPMs should include
- * LISTEN_COMMANDS in their command_rec table so that these functions are
- * called.
- */
-const char *ap_set_listenbacklog(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
-const char *ap_set_listener(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *ips);
-const char *ap_set_send_buffer_size(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_receive_buffer_size(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-
-#define LISTEN_COMMANDS \
-AP_INIT_TAKE1("ListenBacklog", ap_set_listenbacklog, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
- "Maximum length of the queue of pending connections, as used by listen(2)"), \
-AP_INIT_TAKE1("Listen", ap_set_listener, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
- "A port number or a numeric IP address and a port number"), \
-AP_INIT_TAKE1("SendBufferSize", ap_set_send_buffer_size, NULL, RSRC_CONF, \
- "Send buffer size in bytes"), \
-AP_INIT_TAKE1("ReceiveBufferSize", ap_set_receive_buffer_size, NULL, \
- RSRC_CONF, "Receive buffer size in bytes")
-
-#endif
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mmn.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mmn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3704803..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mmn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,127 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_AP_MMN_H
-#define APACHE_AP_MMN_H
-
-/**
- * @package Module Magic Number
- */
-
-/*
- * MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
- * Major API changes that could cause compatibility problems for older modules
- * such as structure size changes. No binary compatibility is possible across
- * a change in the major version.
- *
- * MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR
- * Minor API changes that do not cause binary compatibility problems.
- * Should be reset to 0 when upgrading MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR.
- *
- * See the MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST macro below for an example.
- */
-
-/*
- * 20010224 (2.0.13-dev) MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE reset to "AP20"
- * 20010523 (2.0.19-dev) bump for scoreboard structure reordering
- * 20010627 (2.0.19-dev) more API changes than I can count
- * 20010726 (2.0.22-dev) more big API changes
- * 20010808 (2.0.23-dev) dir d_is_absolute bit introduced, bucket changes, etc
- * 20010825 (2.0.25-dev) removed d_is_absolute, introduced map_to_storage hook
- * 20011002 (2.0.26-dev) removed 1.3-depreciated request_rec.content_language
- * 20011127 (2.0.29-dev) bump for postconfig hook change, and removal of socket
- * from connection record
- * 20011212 (2.0.30-dev) bump for new used_path_info member of request_rec
- * 20011218 (2.0.30-dev) bump for new sbh member of conn_rec, different
- * declarations for scoreboard, new parameter to
- * create_connection hook
- * 20020102 (2.0.30-dev) bump for changed type of limit_req_body in
- * core_dir_config
- * 20020109 (2.0.31-dev) bump for changed shm and scoreboard declarations
- * 20020111 (2.0.31-dev) bump for ETag fields added at end of cor_dir_config
- * 20020114 (2.0.31-dev) mod_dav changed how it asks its provider to fulfill
- * a GET request
- * 20020118 (2.0.31-dev) Input filtering split of blocking and mode
- * 20020127 (2.0.31-dev) bump for pre_mpm hook change
- * 20020128 (2.0.31-dev) bump for pre_config hook change
- * 20020218 (2.0.33-dev) bump for AddOutputFilterByType directive
- * 20020220 (2.0.33-dev) bump for scoreboard.h structure change
- * 20020302 (2.0.33-dev) bump for protocol_filter additions.
- * 20020306 (2.0.34-dev) bump for filter type renames.
- * 20020318 (2.0.34-dev) mod_dav's API for REPORT generation changed
- * 20020319 (2.0.34-dev) M_INVALID changed, plus new M_* methods for RFC 3253
- * 20020327 (2.0.35-dev) Add parameter to quick_handler hook
- * 20020329 (2.0.35-dev) bump for addition of freelists to bucket API
- * 20020329.1 (2.0.36) minor bump for new arg to opt fn ap_cgi_build_command
- * 20020506 (2.0.37-dev) Removed r->boundary in request_rec.
- * 20020529 (2.0.37-dev) Standardized the names of some apr_pool_*_set funcs
- * 20020602 (2.0.37-dev) Bucket API change (metadata buckets)
- * 20020612 (2.0.38-dev) Changed server_rec->[keep_alive_]timeout to apr time
- * 20020625 (2.0.40-dev) Changed conn_rec->keepalive to an enumeration
- * 20020628 (2.0.40-dev) Added filter_init to filter registration functions
- * 20020903 (2.0.41-dev) APR's error constants changed
- * 20020903.2 (2.0.46-dev) add ap_escape_logitem
- * 20020903.3 (2.0.46-dev) allow_encoded_slashes added to core_dir_config
- * 20020903.4 (2.0.47-dev) add ap_is_recursion_limit_exceeded()
- * 20020903.5 (2.0.49-dev) add ap_escape_errorlog_item()
- * 20020903.6 (2.0.49-dev) add insert_error_filter hook
- * 20020903.7 (2.0.49-dev) added XHTML Doctypes
- * 20020903.8 (2.0.50-dev) export ap_set_sub_req_protocol and
- * ap_finalize_sub_req_protocol on Win32 and NetWare
- * 20020903.9 (2.0.51-dev) create pcommands and initialize arrays before
- * calling ap_setup_prelinked_modules
- * 20020903.10 (2.0.55-dev) add ap_log_cerror()
- * 20020903.11 (2.0.55-dev) added trace_enable to core_server_config
- * 20020903.12 (2.0.56-dev) added ap_get_server_revision / ap_version_t
- * 20020903.13 (2.0.62-dev) Add *ftp_directory_charset to proxy_dir_conf
- * 20020903.14 (2.0.64-dev) added ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn
- */
-
-#define MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE 0x41503230UL /* "AP20" */
-
-#ifndef MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
-#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR 20020903
-#endif
-#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR 14 /* 0...n */
-
-/**
- * Determine if the server's current MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER is at least a
- * specified value.
- * <pre>
- * Useful for testing for features.
- * For example, suppose you wish to use the apr_table_overlap
- * function. You can do this:
- *
- * #if AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(19980812,2)
- * ... use apr_table_overlap()
- * #else
- * ... alternative code which doesn't use apr_table_overlap()
- * #endif
- * </pre>
- * @param major The major module magic number
- * @param minor The minor module magic number
- * @deffunc AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(int major, int minor)
- */
-#define AP_MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST(major,minor) \
- ((major) < MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR \
- || ((major) == MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR \
- && (minor) <= MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR))
-
-/** @deprecated present for backwards compatibility */
-#define MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR
-#define MODULE_MAGIC_AT_LEAST old_broken_macro_we_hope_you_are_not_using
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_AP_MMN_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mpm.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mpm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9e41e904..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_mpm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,176 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_MPM_H
-#define AP_MPM_H
-
-#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
-
-/**
- * @package Multi-Processing Module library
- */
-
-/*
- The MPM, "multi-processing model" provides an abstraction of the
- interface with the OS for distributing incoming connections to
- threads/process for processing. http_main invokes the MPM, and
- the MPM runs until a shutdown/restart has been indicated.
- The MPM calls out to the apache core via the ap_process_connection
- function when a connection arrives.
-
- The MPM may or may not be multithreaded. In the event that it is
- multithreaded, at any instant it guarantees a 1:1 mapping of threads
- ap_process_connection invocations.
-
- Note: In the future it will be possible for ap_process_connection
- to return to the MPM prior to finishing the entire connection; and
- the MPM will proceed with asynchronous handling for the connection;
- in the future the MPM may call ap_process_connection again -- but
- does not guarantee it will occur on the same thread as the first call.
-
- The MPM further guarantees that no asynchronous behaviour such as
- longjmps and signals will interfere with the user code that is
- invoked through ap_process_connection. The MPM may reserve some
- signals for its use (i.e. SIGUSR1), but guarantees that these signals
- are ignored when executing outside the MPM code itself. (This
- allows broken user code that does not handle EINTR to function
- properly.)
-
- The suggested server restart and stop behaviour will be "graceful".
- However the MPM may choose to terminate processes when the user
- requests a non-graceful restart/stop. When this occurs, the MPM kills
- all threads with extreme prejudice, and destroys the pchild pool.
- User cleanups registered in the pchild apr_pool_t will be invoked at
- this point. (This can pose some complications, the user cleanups
- are asynchronous behaviour not unlike longjmp/signal... but if the
- admin is asking for a non-graceful shutdown, how much effort should
- we put into doing it in a nice way?)
-
- unix/posix notes:
- - The MPM does not set a SIGALRM handler, user code may use SIGALRM.
- But the preferred method of handling timeouts is to use the
- timeouts provided by the BUFF abstraction.
- - The proper setting for SIGPIPE is SIG_IGN, if user code changes it
- for any of their own processing, it must be restored to SIG_IGN
- prior to executing or returning to any apache code.
- TODO: add SIGPIPE debugging check somewhere to make sure it's SIG_IGN
-*/
-
-/**
- * This is the function that MPMs must create. This function is responsible
- * for controlling the parent and child processes. It will run until a
- * restart/shutdown is indicated.
- * @param pconf the configuration pool, reset before the config file is read
- * @param plog the log pool, reset after the config file is read
- * @param server_conf the global server config.
- * @return 1 for shutdown 0 otherwise.
- * @deffunc int ap_mpm_run(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog, server_rec *server_conf)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_mpm_run(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog, server_rec *server_conf);
-
-/**
- * predicate indicating if a graceful stop has been requested ...
- * used by the connection loop
- * @return 1 if a graceful stop has been requested, 0 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_graceful_stop_signalled(*void)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_graceful_stop_signalled(void);
-
-/**
- * Spawn a process with privileges that another module has requested
- * @param r The request_rec of the current request
- * @param newproc The resulting process handle.
- * @param progname The program to run
- * @param const_args the arguments to pass to the new program. The first
- * one should be the program name.
- * @param env The new environment apr_table_t for the new process. This
- * should be a list of NULL-terminated strings.
- * @param attr the procattr we should use to determine how to create the new
- * process
- * @param p The pool to use.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_os_create_privileged_process(
- const request_rec *r,
- apr_proc_t *newproc,
- const char *progname,
- const char * const *args,
- const char * const *env,
- apr_procattr_t *attr,
- apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/* Subtypes/Values for AP_MPMQ_IS_THREADED and AP_MPMQ_IS_FORKED */
-#define AP_MPMQ_NOT_SUPPORTED 0 /* This value specifies whether */
- /* an MPM is capable of */
- /* threading or forking. */
-#define AP_MPMQ_STATIC 1 /* This value specifies whether */
- /* an MPM is using a static # */
- /* threads or daemons. */
-#define AP_MPMQ_DYNAMIC 2 /* This value specifies whether */
- /* an MPM is using a dynamic # */
- /* threads or daemons. */
-
-/* Values returned for AP_MPMQ_MPM_STATE */
-#define AP_MPMQ_STARTING 0
-#define AP_MPMQ_RUNNING 1
-#define AP_MPMQ_STOPPING 2
-
-#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_DAEMON_USED 1 /* Max # of daemons used so far */
-#define AP_MPMQ_IS_THREADED 2 /* MPM can do threading */
-#define AP_MPMQ_IS_FORKED 3 /* MPM can do forking */
-#define AP_MPMQ_HARD_LIMIT_DAEMONS 4 /* The compiled max # daemons */
-#define AP_MPMQ_HARD_LIMIT_THREADS 5 /* The compiled max # threads */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_THREADS 6 /* # of threads/child by config */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MIN_SPARE_DAEMONS 7 /* Min # of spare daemons */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MIN_SPARE_THREADS 8 /* Min # of spare threads */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_SPARE_DAEMONS 9 /* Max # of spare daemons */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_SPARE_THREADS 10 /* Max # of spare threads */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_REQUESTS_DAEMON 11 /* Max # of requests per daemon */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MAX_DAEMONS 12 /* Max # of daemons by config */
-#define AP_MPMQ_MPM_STATE 13 /* starting, running, stopping */
-
-/**
- * Query a property of the current MPM.
- * @param query_code One of APM_MPMQ_*
- * @param result A location to place the result of the query
- * @return APR_SUCCESS or APR_ENOTIMPL
- * @deffunc int ap_mpm_query(int query_code, int *result)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_query(int query_code, int *result);
-
-/* Defining GPROF when compiling uses the moncontrol() function to
- * disable gprof profiling in the parent, and enable it only for
- * request processing in children (or in one_process mode). It's
- * absolutely required to get useful gprof results under linux
- * because the profile itimers and such are disabled across a
- * fork(). It's probably useful elsewhere as well.
- */
-#ifdef GPROF
-extern void moncontrol(int);
-#define AP_MONCONTROL(x) moncontrol(x)
-#else
-#define AP_MONCONTROL(x)
-#endif
-
-#if AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
-typedef struct ap_exception_info_t {
- int sig;
- pid_t pid;
-} ap_exception_info_t;
-
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,fatal_exception,(ap_exception_info_t *ei))
-#endif /*AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK*/
-
-#endif
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_provider.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_provider.h
deleted file mode 100644
index e9045bae..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_provider.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_PROVIDER_H
-#define AP_PROVIDER_H
-
-#include "ap_config.h"
-
-/**
- * @package Provider API
- */
-
-/**
- * This function is used to register a provider with the global
- * provider pool.
- * @param pool The pool to create any storage from
- * @param provider_group The group to store the provider in
- * @param provider_name The name for this provider
- * @param provider_version The version for this provider
- * @param provider Opaque structure for this provider
- * @return APR_SUCCESS if all went well
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_register_provider(apr_pool_t *pool,
- const char *provider_group,
- const char *provider_name,
- const char *provider_version,
- const void *provider);
-
-/**
- * This function is used to retrieve a provider from the global
- * provider pool.
- * @param provider_group The group to look for this provider in
- * @param provider_name The name for the provider
- * @param provider_version The version for the provider
- * @return provider pointer to provider if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_lookup_provider(const char *provider_group,
- const char *provider_name,
- const char *provider_version);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_regkey.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_regkey.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d3f41297..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_regkey.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,218 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_REGKEY_H
-#define AP_REGKEY_H
-
-#if defined(WIN32) || defined(DOXYGEN)
-
-#include "apr.h"
-#include "apr_pools.h"
-#include "ap_config.h" /* Just for AP_DECLARE */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-typedef struct ap_regkey_t ap_regkey_t;
-
-/* Used to recover AP_REGKEY_* constants
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const ap_regkey_t *) ap_regkey_const(int i);
-
-/**
- * @file ap_regkey.h
- * @brief APR-style Win32 Registry Manipulation
- */
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Constants for ap_regkey_open()
- */
-#define AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT ap_regkey_const(0)
-#define AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG ap_regkey_const(1)
-#define AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER ap_regkey_const(2)
-#define AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE ap_regkey_const(3)
-#define AP_REGKEY_USERS ap_regkey_const(4)
-#define AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA ap_regkey_const(5)
-#define AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA ap_regkey_const(6)
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Flags for ap_regkey_value_set()
- */
-#define AP_REGKEY_EXPAND 0x0001
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Open the specified registry key.
- * @param newkey The opened registry key
- * @param parentkey The open registry key of the parent, or one of
- * <PRE>
- * AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
- * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
- * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER
- * AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
- * AP_REGKEY_USERS
- * AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
- * AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA
- * </PRE>
- * @param keyname The path of the key relative to the parent key
- * @param flags Or'ed value of:
- * <PRE>
- * APR_READ open key for reading
- * APR_WRITE open key for writing
- * APR_CREATE create the key if it doesn't exist
- * APR_EXCL return error if APR_CREATE and key exists
- * </PRE>
- * @param pool The pool in which newkey is allocated
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_open(ap_regkey_t **newkey,
- const ap_regkey_t *parentkey,
- const char *keyname,
- apr_int32_t flags,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Close the registry key opened or created by ap_regkey_open().
- * @param key The registry key to close
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_close(ap_regkey_t *key);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Remove the given registry key.
- * @param parentkey The open registry key of the parent, or one of
- * <PRE>
- * AP_REGKEY_CLASSES_ROOT
- * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_CONFIG
- * AP_REGKEY_CURRENT_USER
- * AP_REGKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
- * AP_REGKEY_USERS
- * AP_REGKEY_PERFORMANCE_DATA
- * AP_REGKEY_DYN_DATA
- * </PRE>
- * @param keyname The path of the key relative to the parent key
- * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
- * @remark ap_regkey_remove() is not recursive, although it removes
- * all values within the given keyname, it will not remove a key
- * containing subkeys.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_remove(const ap_regkey_t *parent,
- const char *keyname,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Retrieve a registry value string from an open key.
- * @param result The string value retrieved
- * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
- * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
- * @param pool The pool used to store the result
- * @remark There is no toggle to prevent environment variable expansion
- * if the registry value is set with AP_REG_EXPAND (REG_EXPAND_SZ), such
- * expansions are always performed.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_get(char **result,
- ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Store a registry value string into an open key.
- * @param key The registry key to store the value into
- * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
- * @param value The string to store for the named value
- * @param flags The option AP_REGKEY_EXPAND or 0, where AP_REGKEY_EXPAND
- * values will find all %foo% variables expanded from the environment.
- * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- const char *value,
- apr_int32_t flags,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Retrieve a raw byte value from an open key.
- * @param result The raw bytes value retrieved
- * @param resultsize Pointer to a variable to store the number raw bytes retrieved
- * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
- * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
- * @param pool The pool used to store the result
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_raw_get(void **result,
- apr_size_t *resultsize,
- apr_int32_t *resulttype,
- ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Store a raw bytes value into an open key.
- * @param key The registry key to store the value into
- * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
- * @param value The bytes to store for the named value
- * @param valuesize The number of bytes for value
- * @param valuetype The
- * values will find all %foo% variables expanded from the environment.
- * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_raw_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- const void *value,
- apr_size_t valuesize,
- apr_int32_t valuetype,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Retrieve a registry value string from an open key.
- * @param result The string elements retrieved from a REG_MULTI_SZ string array
- * @param key The registry key to retrieve the value from
- * @param valuename The named value to retrieve (pass "" for the default)
- * @param pool The pool used to store the result
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_array_get(apr_array_header_t **result,
- ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Store a registry value string array into an open key.
- * @param key The registry key to store the value into
- * @param valuename The named value to store (pass "" for the default)
- * @param nelts The string elements to store in a REG_MULTI_SZ string array
- * @param elts The number of elements in the elts string array
- * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_array_set(ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- int nelts,
- const char * const * elts,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Win32 Only: Remove a registry value from an open key.
- * @param key The registry key to remove the value from
- * @param valuename The named value to remove (pass "" for the default)
- * @param pool The pool used for temp allocations
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_regkey_value_remove(const ap_regkey_t *key,
- const char *valuename,
- apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* def WIN32 || def DOXYGEN */
-
-#endif /* AP_REGKEY_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_release.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_release.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9fee3f4f..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/ap_release.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_RELEASE_H
-#define AP_RELEASE_H
-
-#include "apr_general.h" /* stringify */
-
-#define AP_SERVER_COPYRIGHT \
- "Copyright 2009 The Apache Software Foundation."
-
-/*
- * The below defines the base string of the Server: header. Additional
- * tokens can be added via the ap_add_version_component() API call.
- *
- * The tokens are listed in order of their significance for identifying the
- * application.
- *
- * "Product tokens should be short and to the point -- use of them for
- * advertizing or other non-essential information is explicitly forbidden."
- *
- * Example: "Apache/1.1.0 MrWidget/0.1-alpha"
- */
-#define AP_SERVER_BASEVENDOR "Apache Software Foundation"
-#define AP_SERVER_BASEPRODUCT "Apache"
-
-#define AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER 2
-#define AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER 0
-#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER 64
-#define AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING ""
-
-/* keep old macros as well */
-#define AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION_NUMBER)
-#define AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION_NUMBER)
-#define AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL APR_STRINGIFY(AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL_NUMBER) \
- AP_SERVER_ADD_STRING
-
-#define AP_SERVER_MINORREVISION AP_SERVER_MAJORVERSION "." AP_SERVER_MINORVERSION
-#define AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION AP_SERVER_MINORREVISION "." AP_SERVER_PATCHLEVEL
-#define AP_SERVER_BASEVERSION AP_SERVER_BASEPRODUCT "/" AP_SERVER_BASEREVISION
-#define AP_SERVER_VERSION AP_SERVER_BASEVERSION
-
-#endif
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_config.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_config.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 783e44b4..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_config.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1018 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H
-
-#include "apr_hooks.h"
-#include "util_cfgtree.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @file http_config.h
- * @brief Apache Configuration
- */
-
-/*
- * The central data structures around here...
- */
-
-/* Command dispatch structures... */
-
-/**
- * How the directives arguments should be parsed.
- * @remark Note that for all of these except RAW_ARGS, the config routine is
- * passed a freshly allocated string which can be modified or stored
- * or whatever...
- */
-enum cmd_how {
- RAW_ARGS, /**< cmd_func parses command line itself */
- TAKE1, /**< one argument only */
- TAKE2, /**< two arguments only */
- ITERATE, /**< one argument, occuring multiple times
- * (e.g., IndexIgnore)
- */
- ITERATE2, /**< two arguments, 2nd occurs multiple times
- * (e.g., AddIcon)
- */
- FLAG, /**< One of 'On' or 'Off' */
- NO_ARGS, /**< No args at all, e.g. </Directory> */
- TAKE12, /**< one or two arguments */
- TAKE3, /**< three arguments only */
- TAKE23, /**< two or three arguments */
- TAKE123, /**< one, two or three arguments */
- TAKE13 /**< one or three arguments */
-};
-/**
- * This structure is passed to a command which is being invoked,
- * to carry a large variety of miscellaneous data which is all of
- * use to *somebody*...
- */
-typedef struct cmd_parms_struct cmd_parms;
-
-#if defined(AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER) || defined(DOXYGEN)
-
-/**
- * All the types of functions that can be used in directives
- * @internal
- */
-typedef union {
- /** function to call for a no-args */
- const char *(*no_args) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig);
- /** function to call for a raw-args */
- const char *(*raw_args) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig,
- const char *args);
- /** function to call for a take1 */
- const char *(*take1) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w);
- /** function to call for a take2 */
- const char *(*take2) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w,
- const char *w2);
- /** function to call for a take3 */
- const char *(*take3) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, const char *w,
- const char *w2, const char *w3);
- /** function to call for a flag */
- const char *(*flag) (cmd_parms *parms, void *mconfig, int on);
-} cmd_func;
-
-/** This configuration directive does not take any arguments */
-# define AP_NO_ARGS func.no_args
-/** This configuration directive will handle it's own parsing of arguments*/
-# define AP_RAW_ARGS func.raw_args
-/** This configuration directive takes 1 argument*/
-# define AP_TAKE1 func.take1
-/** This configuration directive takes 2 arguments */
-# define AP_TAKE2 func.take2
-/** This configuration directive takes 3 arguments */
-# define AP_TAKE3 func.take3
-/** This configuration directive takes a flag (on/off) as a argument*/
-# define AP_FLAG func.flag
-
-/** method of declaring a directive with no arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_NO_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .no_args=func }, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive with raw argument parsing */
-# define AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .raw_args=func }, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 1 argument */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE1(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take1=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE1, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes multiple arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_ITERATE(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take1=func }, mconfig, where, ITERATE, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 2 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE2, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 1 or 2 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE12(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE12, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes multiple 2 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_ITERATE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take2=func }, mconfig, where, ITERATE2, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 1 or 3 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE13(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE13, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 2 or 3 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE23(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE23, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 1 to 3 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE123(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE123, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes 3 arguments */
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE3(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .take3=func }, mconfig, where, TAKE3, help }
-/** method of declaring a directive which takes a flag (on/off) as a argument*/
-# define AP_INIT_FLAG(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, { .flag=func }, mconfig, where, FLAG, help }
-
-#else /* AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER */
-
-typedef const char *(*cmd_func) ();
-
-# define AP_NO_ARGS func
-# define AP_RAW_ARGS func
-# define AP_TAKE1 func
-# define AP_TAKE2 func
-# define AP_TAKE3 func
-# define AP_FLAG func
-
-# define AP_INIT_NO_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
-# define AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, RAW_ARGS, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE1(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE1, help }
-# define AP_INIT_ITERATE(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, ITERATE, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE2, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE12(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE12, help }
-# define AP_INIT_ITERATE2(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, ITERATE2, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE13(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE13, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE23(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE23, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE123(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE123, help }
-# define AP_INIT_TAKE3(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, TAKE3, help }
-# define AP_INIT_FLAG(directive, func, mconfig, where, help) \
- { directive, func, mconfig, where, FLAG, help }
-
-#endif /* AP_HAVE_DESIGNATED_INITIALIZER */
-
-/**
- * The command record structure. Each modules can define a table of these
- * to define the directives it will implement.
- */
-typedef struct command_struct command_rec;
-struct command_struct {
- /** Name of this command */
- const char *name;
- /** The function to be called when this directive is parsed */
- cmd_func func;
- /** Extra data, for functions which implement multiple commands... */
- void *cmd_data;
- /** What overrides need to be allowed to enable this command. */
- int req_override;
- /** What the command expects as arguments
- * @defvar cmd_how args_how*/
- enum cmd_how args_how;
-
- /** 'usage' message, in case of syntax errors */
- const char *errmsg;
-};
-
-/**
- * @defgroup ConfigDirectives Allowed locations for configuration directives.
- *
- * The allowed locations for a configuration directive are the union of
- * those indicated by each set bit in the req_override mask.
- *
- * @{
- */
-#define OR_NONE 0 /**< *.conf is not available anywhere in this override */
-#define OR_LIMIT 1 /**< *.conf inside <Directory> or <Location>
- and .htaccess when AllowOverride Limit */
-#define OR_OPTIONS 2 /**< *.conf anywhere
- and .htaccess when AllowOverride Options */
-#define OR_FILEINFO 4 /**< *.conf anywhere
- and .htaccess when AllowOverride FileInfo */
-#define OR_AUTHCFG 8 /**< *.conf inside <Directory> or <Location>
- and .htaccess when AllowOverride AuthConfig */
-#define OR_INDEXES 16 /**< *.conf anywhere
- and .htaccess when AllowOverride Indexes */
-#define OR_UNSET 32 /**< unset a directive (in Allow) */
-#define ACCESS_CONF 64 /**< *.conf inside <Directory> or <Location> */
-#define RSRC_CONF 128 /**< *.conf outside <Directory> or <Location> */
-#define EXEC_ON_READ 256 /**< force directive to execute a command
- which would modify the configuration (like including another
- file, or IFModule */
-/** this directive can be placed anywhere */
-#define OR_ALL (OR_LIMIT|OR_OPTIONS|OR_FILEINFO|OR_AUTHCFG|OR_INDEXES)
-
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * This can be returned by a function if they don't wish to handle
- * a command. Make it something not likely someone will actually use
- * as an error code.
- */
-#define DECLINE_CMD "\a\b"
-
-/** Common structure for reading of config files / passwd files etc. */
-typedef struct ap_configfile_t ap_configfile_t;
-struct ap_configfile_t {
- int (*getch) (void *param); /**< a getc()-like function */
- void *(*getstr) (void *buf, size_t bufsiz, void *param);
- /**< a fgets()-like function */
- int (*close) (void *param); /**< a close handler function */
- void *param; /**< the argument passed to getch/getstr/close */
- const char *name; /**< the filename / description */
- unsigned line_number; /**< current line number, starting at 1 */
-};
-
-/**
- * This structure is passed to a command which is being invoked,
- * to carry a large variety of miscellaneous data which is all of
- * use to *somebody*...
- */
-struct cmd_parms_struct {
- /** Argument to command from cmd_table */
- void *info;
- /** Which allow-override bits are set */
- int override;
- /** Which methods are <Limit>ed */
- apr_int64_t limited;
- /** methods which are limited */
- apr_array_header_t *limited_xmethods;
- /** methods which are xlimited */
- ap_method_list_t *xlimited;
-
- /** Config file structure. */
- ap_configfile_t *config_file;
- /** the directive specifying this command */
- ap_directive_t *directive;
-
- /** Pool to allocate new storage in */
- apr_pool_t *pool;
- /** Pool for scratch memory; persists during configuration, but
- * wiped before the first request is served... */
- apr_pool_t *temp_pool;
- /** Server_rec being configured for */
- server_rec *server;
- /** If configuring for a directory, pathname of that directory.
- * NOPE! That's what it meant previous to the existance of <Files>,
- * <Location> and regex matching. Now the only usefulness that can be
- * derived from this field is whether a command is being called in a
- * server context (path == NULL) or being called in a dir context
- * (path != NULL). */
- char *path;
- /** configuration command */
- const command_rec *cmd;
-
- /** per_dir_config vector passed to handle_command */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *context;
- /** directive with syntax error */
- const ap_directive_t *err_directive;
-};
-
-/**
- * Module structures. Just about everything is dispatched through
- * these, directly or indirectly (through the command and handler
- * tables).
- */
-typedef struct module_struct module;
-struct module_struct {
- /** API version, *not* module version; check that module is
- * compatible with this version of the server.
- */
- int version;
- /** API minor version. Provides API feature milestones. Not checked
- * during module init */
- int minor_version;
- /** Index to this modules structures in config vectors. */
- int module_index;
-
- /** The name of the module's C file */
- const char *name;
- /** The handle for the DSO. Internal use only */
- void *dynamic_load_handle;
-
- /** A pointer to the next module in the list
- * @defvar module_struct *next */
- struct module_struct *next;
-
- /** Magic Cookie to identify a module structure; It's mainly
- * important for the DSO facility (see also mod_so). */
- unsigned long magic;
-
- /** Function to allow MPMs to re-write command line arguments. This
- * hook is only available to MPMs.
- * @param The process that the server is running in.
- */
- void (*rewrite_args) (process_rec *process);
- /** Function to allow all modules to create per directory configuration
- * structures.
- * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
- * @param dir The directory currently being processed.
- * @return The per-directory structure created
- */
- void *(*create_dir_config) (apr_pool_t *p, char *dir);
- /** Function to allow all modules to merge the per directory configuration
- * structures for two directories.
- * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
- * @param base_conf The directory structure created for the parent directory.
- * @param new_conf The directory structure currently being processed.
- * @return The new per-directory structure created
- */
- void *(*merge_dir_config) (apr_pool_t *p, void *base_conf, void *new_conf);
- /** Function to allow all modules to create per server configuration
- * structures.
- * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
- * @param s The server currently being processed.
- * @return The per-server structure created
- */
- void *(*create_server_config) (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);
- /** Function to allow all modules to merge the per server configuration
- * structures for two servers.
- * @param p The pool to use for all allocations.
- * @param base_conf The directory structure created for the parent directory.
- * @param new_conf The directory structure currently being processed.
- * @return The new per-directory structure created
- */
- void *(*merge_server_config) (apr_pool_t *p, void *base_conf,
- void *new_conf);
-
- /** A command_rec table that describes all of the directives this module
- * defines. */
- const command_rec *cmds;
-
- /** A hook to allow modules to hook other points in the request processing.
- * In this function, modules should call the ap_hook_*() functions to
- * register an interest in a specific step in processing the current
- * request.
- * @param p the pool to use for all allocations
- */
- void (*register_hooks) (apr_pool_t *p);
-};
-
-/**
- * @defgroup ModuleInit Module structure initializers
- *
- * Initializer for the first few module slots, which are only
- * really set up once we start running. Note that the first two slots
- * provide a version check; this should allow us to deal with changes to
- * the API. The major number should reflect changes to the API handler table
- * itself or removal of functionality. The minor number should reflect
- * additions of functionality to the existing API. (the server can detect
- * an old-format module, and either handle it back-compatibly, or at least
- * signal an error). See src/include/ap_mmn.h for MMN version history.
- * @{
- */
-
-/** The one used in Apache 1.3, which will deliberately cause an error */
-#define STANDARD_MODULE_STUFF this_module_needs_to_be_ported_to_apache_2_0
-
-/** Use this in all standard modules */
-#define STANDARD20_MODULE_STUFF MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR, \
- MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR, \
- -1, \
- __FILE__, \
- NULL, \
- NULL, \
- MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE, \
- NULL /* rewrite args spot */
-
-/** Use this only in MPMs */
-#define MPM20_MODULE_STUFF MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MAJOR, \
- MODULE_MAGIC_NUMBER_MINOR, \
- -1, \
- __FILE__, \
- NULL, \
- NULL, \
- MODULE_MAGIC_COOKIE
-
-/** @} */
-
-/* CONFIGURATION VECTOR FUNCTIONS */
-
-/** configuration vector structure */
-typedef struct ap_conf_vector_t ap_conf_vector_t;
-
-/**
- * Generic accessors for other modules to get at their own module-specific
- * data
- * @param conf_vector The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
- * usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
- * @param m The module to get the data for.
- * @return The module-specific data
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void *) ap_get_module_config(const ap_conf_vector_t *cv,
- const module *m);
-
-/**
- * Generic accessors for other modules to set at their own module-specific
- * data
- * @param conf_vector The vector in which the modules configuration is stored.
- * usually r->per_dir_config or s->module_config
- * @param m The module to set the data for.
- * @param val The module-specific data to set
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_module_config(ap_conf_vector_t *cv, const module *m,
- void *val);
-
-#if !defined(AP_DEBUG)
-
-#define ap_get_module_config(v,m) \
- (((void **)(v))[(m)->module_index])
-#define ap_set_module_config(v,m,val) \
- ((((void **)(v))[(m)->module_index]) = (val))
-
-#endif /* AP_DEBUG */
-
-
-/**
- * Generic command handling function for strings
- * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
- * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
- * @param arg The argument to the directive
- * @return An error string or NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_string_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *struct_ptr,
- const char *arg);
-
-/**
- * Generic command handling function for integers
- * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
- * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
- * @param arg The argument to the directive
- * @return An error string or NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_int_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *struct_ptr,
- const char *arg);
-
-/**
- * Return true if the specified method is limited by being listed in
- * a <Limit> container, or by *not* being listed in a <LimiteExcept>
- * container.
- *
- * @param method Pointer to a string specifying the method to check.
- * @param cmd Pointer to the cmd_parms structure passed to the
- * directive handler.
- * @return 0 if the method is not limited in the current scope
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_is_limited(cmd_parms *cmd, const char *method);
-
-/**
- * Generic command handling function for strings, always sets the value
- * to a lowercase string
- * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
- * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
- * @param arg The argument to the directive
- * @return An error string or NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_string_slot_lower(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *struct_ptr,
- const char *arg);
-/**
- * Generic command handling function for flags
- * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
- * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
- * @param arg The argument to the directive (either 1 or 0)
- * @return An error string or NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_flag_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *struct_ptr,
- int arg);
-/**
- * Generic command handling function for files
- * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
- * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
- * @param arg The argument to the directive
- * @return An error string or NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_file_slot(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *struct_ptr,
- const char *arg);
-/**
- * Generic command handling function to respond with cmd->help as an error
- * @param cmd The command parameters for this directive
- * @param struct_ptr pointer into a given type
- * @param arg The argument to the directive
- * @return The cmd->help value as the error string
- * @tip This allows simple declarations such as;
- * <pre>
- * AP_INIT_RAW_ARGS("Foo", ap_set_deprecated, NULL, OR_ALL,
- * "The Foo directive is no longer supported, use Bar"),
- * </pre>
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_set_deprecated(cmd_parms *cmd,
- void *struct_ptr,
- const char *arg);
-/**
- * For modules which need to read config files, open logs, etc. this returns
- * the canonical form of fname made absolute to ap_server_root.
- * @param p pool to allocate data from
- * @param fname The file name
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_server_root_relative(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);
-
-/* Finally, the hook for dynamically loading modules in... */
-
-/**
- * Add a module to the server
- * @param m The module structure of the module to add
- * @param p The pool of the same lifetime as the module
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_module(module *m, apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Remove a module from the server. There are some caveats:
- * when the module is removed, its slot is lost so all the current
- * per-dir and per-server configurations are invalid. So we should
- * only ever call this function when you are invalidating almost
- * all our current data. I.e. when doing a restart.
- * @param m the module structure of the module to remove
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_module(module *m);
-/**
- * Add a module to the chained modules list and the list of loaded modules
- * @param m The module structure of the module to add
- * @param p The pool with the same lifetime as the module
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_loaded_module(module *mod, apr_pool_t *p);
-/**
- * Remove a module fromthe chained modules list and the list of loaded modules
- * @param m the module structure of the module to remove
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_loaded_module(module *mod);
-/**
- * Add a module to the list of loaded module based on the name of the
- * module
- * @param name The name of the module
- * @param p The pool valid for the lifetime of the module
- * @return 1 on success, 0 on failure
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_add_named_module(const char *name, apr_pool_t *p);
-/**
- * Find the name of the specified module
- * @param m The module to get the name for
- * @return the name of the module
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_find_module_name(module *m);
-/**
- * Find a module based on the name of the module
- * @param name the name of the module
- * @return the module structure if found, NULL otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(module *) ap_find_linked_module(const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Open a ap_configfile_t as apr_file_t
- * @param ret_cfg open ap_configfile_t struct pointer
- * @param p The pool to allocate the structure from
- * @param name the name of the file to open
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pcfg_openfile(ap_configfile_t **ret_cfg,
- apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Allocate a ap_configfile_t handle with user defined functions and params
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param descr The name of the file
- * @param param The argument passed to getch/getstr/close
- * @param getc_func The getch function
- * @param gets_func The getstr function
- * @param close_func The close function
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_configfile_t *) ap_pcfg_open_custom(apr_pool_t *p,
- const char *descr,
- void *param,
- int(*getc_func)(void*),
- void *(*gets_func) (void *buf, size_t bufsiz, void *param),
- int(*close_func)(void *param));
-
-/**
- * Read one line from open ap_configfile_t, strip LF, increase line number
- * @param buf place to store the line read
- * @param bufsize size of the buffer
- * @param cfp File to read from
- * @return 1 on success, 0 on failure
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cfg_getline(char *buf, size_t bufsize, ap_configfile_t *cfp);
-
-/**
- * Read one char from open configfile_t, increase line number upon LF
- * @param cfp The file to read from
- * @return the character read
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cfg_getc(ap_configfile_t *cfp);
-
-/**
- * Detach from open ap_configfile_t, calling the close handler
- * @param cfp The file to close
- * @return 1 on sucess, 0 on failure
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_cfg_closefile(ap_configfile_t *cfp);
-
-/**
- * Read all data between the current <foo> and the matching </foo>. All
- * of this data is forgotten immediately.
- * @param cmd The cmd_parms to pass to the directives inside the container
- * @param directive The directive name to read until
- * @return Error string on failure, NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_soak_end_container(cmd_parms *cmd, char *directive);
-
-/**
- * Read all data between the current <foo> and the matching </foo> and build
- * a config tree from it
- * @param p pool to allocate from
- * @param temp_pool Temporary pool to allocate from
- * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all directives read
- * @param current The current node in the tree
- * @param curr_parent The current parent node
- * @param orig_directive The directive to read until hit.
- * @return Error string on failure, NULL on success
-*/
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_build_cont_config(apr_pool_t *p,
- apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
- cmd_parms *parms,
- ap_directive_t **current,
- ap_directive_t **curr_parent,
- char *orig_directive);
-
-/**
- * Build a config tree from a config file
- * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all of the directives in the file
- * @param conf_pool The pconf pool
- * @param temp_pool The temporary pool
- * @param conftree Place to store the root node of the config tree
- * @return Error string on erro, NULL otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_build_config(cmd_parms *parms,
- apr_pool_t *conf_pool,
- apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
- ap_directive_t **conftree);
-
-/**
- * Walk a config tree and setup the server's internal structures
- * @param conftree The config tree to walk
- * @param parms The cmd_parms to pass to all functions
- * @param section_vector The per-section config vector.
- * @return Error string on error, NULL otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_walk_config(ap_directive_t *conftree,
- cmd_parms *parms,
- ap_conf_vector_t *section_vector);
-
-/**
- * @defgroup ap_check_cmd_context ap_check_cmd_context
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * Check the context a command is used in.
- * @param cmd The command to check
- * @param forbidden Where the command is forbidden.
- * @return Error string on error, NULL on success
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_check_cmd_context(cmd_parms *cmd,
- unsigned forbidden);
-
-#define NOT_IN_VIRTUALHOST 0x01 /**< Forbidden in <Virtualhost> */
-#define NOT_IN_LIMIT 0x02 /**< Forbidden in <Limit> */
-#define NOT_IN_DIRECTORY 0x04 /**< Forbidden in <Directory> */
-#define NOT_IN_LOCATION 0x08 /**< Forbidden in <Location> */
-#define NOT_IN_FILES 0x10 /**< Forbidden in <Files> */
-/** Forbidden in <Directory>/<Location>/<Files>*/
-#define NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE (NOT_IN_DIRECTORY|NOT_IN_LOCATION|NOT_IN_FILES)
-/** Forbidden in <VirtualHost>/<Limit>/<Directory>/<Location>/<Files> */
-#define GLOBAL_ONLY (NOT_IN_VIRTUALHOST|NOT_IN_LIMIT|NOT_IN_DIR_LOC_FILE)
-
-/** @} */
-
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-
-/**
- * The topmost module in the list
- * @defvar module *ap_top_module
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_top_module;
-
-/**
- * Array of all statically linked modules
- * @defvar module *ap_prelinked_modules[]
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_prelinked_modules[];
-/**
- * Array of all preloaded modules
- * @defvar module *ap_preloaded_modules[]
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module *ap_preloaded_modules[];
-/**
- * Array of all loaded modules
- * @defvar module **ap_loaded_modules
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module **ap_loaded_modules;
-
-/* For mod_so.c... */
-/** Run a single module's two create_config hooks
- * @param p the pool to allocate from
- * @param s The server to configure for.
- * @param m The module to configure
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_single_module_configure(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s,
- module *m);
-
-/* For http_main.c... */
-/**
- * Add all of the prelinked modules into the loaded module list
- * @param process The process that is currently running the server
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_prelinked_modules(process_rec *process);
-
-/**
- * Show the preloaded configuration directives, the help string explaining
- * the directive arguments, in what module they are handled, and in
- * what parts of the configuration they are allowed. Used for httpd -h.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_show_directives(void);
-
-/**
- * Show the preloaded module names. Used for httpd -l.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_show_modules(void);
-
-/**
- * Show the MPM name. Used in reporting modules such as mod_info to
- * provide extra information to the user
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_show_mpm(void);
-
-/**
- * Read all config files and setup the server
- * @param process The process running the server
- * @param temp_pool A pool to allocate temporary data from.
- * @param config_name The name of the config file
- * @param conftree Place to store the root of the config tree
- * @return The setup server_rec list.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(server_rec *) ap_read_config(process_rec *process,
- apr_pool_t *temp_pool,
- const char *config_name,
- ap_directive_t **conftree);
-
-/**
- * Run all rewrite args hooks for loaded modules
- * @param process The process currently running the server
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_run_rewrite_args(process_rec *process);
-
-/**
- * Run the register hooks function for a specified module
- * @param m The module to run the register hooks function fo
- * @param p The pool valid for the lifetime of the module
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_register_hooks(module *m, apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Setup all virtual hosts
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param main_server The head of the server_rec list
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fixup_virtual_hosts(apr_pool_t *p,
- server_rec *main_server);
-
-/* For http_request.c... */
-
-/**
- * Setup the config vector for a request_rec
- * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
- * @return The config vector
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_create_request_config(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Setup the config vector for per dir module configs
- * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
- * @return The config vector
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t *) ap_create_per_dir_config(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Run all of the modules merge per dir config functions
- * @param p The pool to pass to the merge functions
- * @param base The base directory config structure
- * @param new_conf The new directory config structure
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_merge_per_dir_configs(apr_pool_t *p,
- ap_conf_vector_t *base,
- ap_conf_vector_t *new_conf);
-
-/* For http_connection.c... */
-/**
- * Setup the config vector for a connection_rec
- * @param p The pool to allocate the config vector from
- * @return The config vector
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(ap_conf_vector_t*) ap_create_conn_config(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/* For http_core.c... (<Directory> command and virtual hosts) */
-
-/**
- * parse an htaccess file
- * @param resulting htaccess_result
- * @param r The request currently being served
- * @param override Which overrides are active
- * @param path The path to the htaccess file
- * @param access_name The list of possible names for .htaccess files
- * int The status of the current request
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(int) ap_parse_htaccess(ap_conf_vector_t **result,
- request_rec *r, int override,
- const char *path,
- const char *access_name);
-
-/**
- * Setup a virtual host
- * @param p The pool to allocate all memory from
- * @param hostname The hostname of the virtual hsot
- * @param main_server The main server for this Apache configuration
- * @param ps Place to store the new server_rec
- * return Error string on error, NULL on success
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(const char *) ap_init_virtual_host(apr_pool_t *p,
- const char *hostname,
- server_rec *main_server,
- server_rec **);
-
-/**
- * Process the config file for Apache
- * @param s The server rec to use for the command parms
- * @param fname The name of the config file
- * @param conftree The root node of the created config tree
- * @param p Pool for general allocation
- * @param ptem Pool for temporary allocation
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_process_resource_config(server_rec *s, const char *fname,
- ap_directive_t **conftree,
- apr_pool_t *p, apr_pool_t *ptemp);
-
-/**
- * Process all directives in the config tree
- * @param s The server rec to use in the command parms
- * @param conftree The config tree to process
- * @param p The pool for general allocation
- * @param ptemp The pool for temporary allocations
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_process_config_tree(server_rec *s, ap_directive_t *conftree,
- apr_pool_t *p, apr_pool_t *ptemp);
-
-/* Module-method dispatchers, also for http_request.c */
-/**
- * Run the handler phase of each module until a module accepts the
- * responsibility of serving the request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The status of the current request
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(int) ap_invoke_handler(request_rec *r);
-
-/* for mod_perl */
-
-/**
- * Find a given directive in a command_rec table
- * @param name The directive to search for
- * @param cmds The table to search
- * @return The directive definition of the specified directive
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(const command_rec *) ap_find_command(const char *name,
- const command_rec *cmds);
-
-/**
- * Find a given directive in a list module
- * @param cmd_name The directive to search for
- * @param mod The module list to search
- * @return The directive definition of the specified directive
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(const command_rec *) ap_find_command_in_modules(const char *cmd_name,
- module **mod);
-
-/**
- * Ask a module to create per-server and per-section (dir/loc/file) configs
- * (if it hasn't happened already). The results are stored in the server's
- * config, and the specified per-section config vector.
- * @param server The server to operate upon.
- * @param section_vector The per-section config vector.
- * @param section Which section to create a config for.
- * @param mod The module which is defining the config data.
- * @param pconf A pool for all configuration allocations.
- * @return The (new) per-section config data.
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void *) ap_set_config_vectors(server_rec *server,
- ap_conf_vector_t *section_vector,
- const char *section,
- module *mod, apr_pool_t *pconf);
-
-#endif
-
- /* Hooks */
-
-/**
- * Run the header parser functions for each module
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK or DECLINED
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,header_parser,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * Run the pre_config function for each module
- * @param pconf The config pool
- * @param plog The logging streams pool
- * @param ptemp The temporary pool
- * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
- apr_pool_t *ptemp))
-
-
-/**
- * Run the post_config function for each module
- * @param pconf The config pool
- * @param plog The logging streams pool
- * @param ptemp The temporary pool
- * @param s The list of server_recs
- * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_config,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
- apr_pool_t *ptemp,server_rec *s))
-
-/**
- * Run the open_logs functions for each module
- * @param pconf The config pool
- * @param plog The logging streams pool
- * @param ptemp The temporary pool
- * @param s The list of server_recs
- * @return OK or DECLINED on success anything else is a error
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,open_logs,(apr_pool_t *pconf,apr_pool_t *plog,
- apr_pool_t *ptemp,server_rec *s))
-
-/**
- * Run the child_init functions for each module
- * @param pchild The child pool
- * @param s The list of server_recs in this server
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,child_init,(apr_pool_t *pchild, server_rec *s))
-
-/**
- * Run the handler functions for each module
- * @param r The request_rec
- * @remark non-wildcard handlers should HOOK_MIDDLE, wildcard HOOK_LAST
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,handler,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * Run the quick handler functions for each module. The quick_handler
- * is run before any other requests hooks are called (location_walk,
- * directory_walk, access checking, et. al.). This hook was added
- * to provide a quick way to serve content from a URI keyed cache.
- *
- * @param r The request_rec
- * @param lookup_uri Controls whether the caller actually wants content or not.
- * lookup is set when the quick_handler is called out of
- * ap_sub_req_lookup_uri()
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,quick_handler,(request_rec *r, int lookup_uri))
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the optional functions for each module.
- * This is run immediately before the server starts. Optional functions should
- * be registered during the hook registration phase.
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,optional_fn_retrieve,(void))
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_CONFIG_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_connection.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_connection.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b7d379f..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_connection.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_CONNECTION_H
-
-#include "apr_hooks.h"
-#include "apr_network_io.h"
-#include "apr_buckets.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Apache connection library
- */
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-/**
- * This is the protocol module driver. This calls all of the
- * pre-connection and connection hooks for all protocol modules.
- * @param c The connection on which the request is read
- * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
- * Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
- * that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
- * @deffunc void ap_process_connection(conn_rec *c, void *csd)
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_process_connection(conn_rec *c, void *csd);
-
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_flush_conn(conn_rec *c);
-
-/**
- * This function is responsible for the following cases:
- * <pre>
- * we now proceed to read from the client until we get EOF, or until
- * MAX_SECS_TO_LINGER has passed. the reasons for doing this are
- * documented in a draft:
- *
- * http://www.ics.uci.edu/pub/ietf/http/draft-ietf-http-connection-00.txt
- *
- * in a nutshell -- if we don't make this effort we risk causing
- * TCP RST packets to be sent which can tear down a connection before
- * all the response data has been sent to the client.
- * </pre>
- * @param c The connection we are closing
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_lingering_close(conn_rec *c);
-#endif
-
- /* Hooks */
-/**
- * create_connection is a RUN_FIRST hook which allows modules to create
- * connections. In general, you should not install filters with the
- * create_connection hook. If you require vhost configuration information
- * to make filter installation decisions, you must use the pre_connection
- * or install_network_transport hook. This hook should close the connection
- * if it encounters a fatal error condition.
- *
- * @param p The pool from which to allocate the connection record
- * @param csd The socket that has been accepted
- * @param conn_id A unique identifier for this connection. The ID only
- * needs to be unique at that time, not forever.
- * @param sbh A handle to scoreboard information for this connection.
- * @return An allocated connection record or NULL.
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(conn_rec *, create_connection,
- (apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *server, apr_socket_t *csd,
- long conn_id, void *sbh, apr_bucket_alloc_t *alloc))
-
-/**
- * This hook gives protocol modules an opportunity to set everything up
- * before calling the protocol handler. All pre-connection hooks are
- * run until one returns something other than ok or decline
- * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
- * @param csd The mechanism on which this connection is to be read.
- * Most times this will be a socket, but it is up to the module
- * that accepts the request to determine the exact type.
- * @return OK or DECLINED
- * @deffunc int ap_run_pre_connection(conn_rec *c, void *csd)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,pre_connection,(conn_rec *c, void *csd))
-
-/**
- * This hook implements different protocols. After a connection has been
- * established, the protocol module must read and serve the request. This
- * function does that for each protocol module. The first protocol module
- * to handle the request is the last module run.
- * @param c The connection on which the request has been received.
- * @return OK or DECLINED
- * @deffunc int ap_run_process_connection(conn_rec *c)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,process_connection,(conn_rec *c))
-
-/* End Of Connection (EOC) bucket */
-
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_eoc;
-
-/**
- * Determine if a bucket is an End Of Connection (EOC) bucket
- * @param e The bucket to inspect
- * @return true or false
- */
-#define AP_BUCKET_IS_EOC(e) (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_eoc)
-
-/**
- * Make the bucket passed in an End Of Connection (EOC) bucket
- * @param b The bucket to make into an EOC bucket
- * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
- * @deffunc apr_bucket *ap_bucket_eoc_make(apr_bucket *b)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eoc_make(apr_bucket *b);
-
-/**
- * Create a bucket referring to an End Of Connection (EOC). This indicates
- * that the connection will be closed.
- * @param list The freelist from which this bucket should be allocated
- * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
- * @deffunc apr_bucket *ap_bucket_eoc_create(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_eoc_create(apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_core.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_core.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 99b17a90..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_core.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,640 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H
-
-#include "apr.h"
-#include "apr_hash.h"
-#include "apr_optional.h"
-#include "util_filter.h"
-
-#if APR_HAVE_STRUCT_RLIMIT
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <sys/resource.h>
-#endif
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package CORE HTTP Daemon
- */
-
-/* ****************************************************************
- *
- * The most basic server code is encapsulated in a single module
- * known as the core, which is just *barely* functional enough to
- * serve documents, though not terribly well.
- *
- * Largely for NCSA back-compatibility reasons, the core needs to
- * make pieces of its config structures available to other modules.
- * The accessors are declared here, along with the interpretation
- * of one of them (allow_options).
- */
-
-#define OPT_NONE 0
-#define OPT_INDEXES 1
-#define OPT_INCLUDES 2
-#define OPT_SYM_LINKS 4
-#define OPT_EXECCGI 8
-#define OPT_UNSET 16
-#define OPT_INCNOEXEC 32
-#define OPT_SYM_OWNER 64
-#define OPT_MULTI 128
-#define OPT_ALL (OPT_INDEXES|OPT_INCLUDES|OPT_SYM_LINKS|OPT_EXECCGI)
-
-/* options for get_remote_host() */
-/* REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
- * lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according to the
- * HostnameLookups setting.
- */
-#define REMOTE_HOST (0)
-
-/* REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
- * hostname lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according
- * to the HostnameLookups setting.
- */
-#define REMOTE_NAME (1)
-
-/* REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
- * never forced.
- */
-#define REMOTE_NOLOOKUP (2)
-
-/* REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
- * a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
- * setting. The result is the (double reverse checked) hostname,
- * or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
- */
-#define REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV (3)
-
-#define SATISFY_ALL 0
-#define SATISFY_ANY 1
-#define SATISFY_NOSPEC 2
-
-/* Make sure we don't write less than 8000 bytes at any one time.
- */
-#define AP_MIN_BYTES_TO_WRITE 8000
-
-/* default maximum of internal redirects */
-# define AP_DEFAULT_MAX_INTERNAL_REDIRECTS 10
-
-/* default maximum subrequest nesting level */
-# define AP_DEFAULT_MAX_SUBREQ_DEPTH 10
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the value of Options for this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return the Options bitmask
- * @deffunc int ap_allow_options(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_allow_options(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the value of the AllowOverride for this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return the overrides bitmask
- * @deffunc int ap_allow_overrides(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_allow_overrides(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the value of the DefaultType directive, or text/plain if not set
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The default type
- * @deffunc const char *ap_default_type(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_default_type(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the document root for this server
- * @param r The current request
- * @warning Don't use this! If your request went through a Userdir, or
- * something like that, it'll screw you. But it's back-compatible...
- * @return The document root
- * @deffunc const char *ap_document_root(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_document_root(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Lookup the remote client's DNS name or IP address
- * @param conn The current connection
- * @param dir_config The directory config vector from the request
- * @param type The type of lookup to perform. One of:
- * <pre>
- * REMOTE_HOST returns the hostname, or NULL if the hostname
- * lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according to the
- * HostnameLookups setting.
- * REMOTE_NAME returns the hostname, or the dotted quad if the
- * hostname lookup fails. It will force a DNS lookup according
- * to the HostnameLookups setting.
- * REMOTE_NOLOOKUP is like REMOTE_NAME except that a DNS lookup is
- * never forced.
- * REMOTE_DOUBLE_REV will always force a DNS lookup, and also force
- * a double reverse lookup, regardless of the HostnameLookups
- * setting. The result is the (double reverse checked)
- * hostname, or NULL if any of the lookups fail.
- * </pre>
- * @param str_is_ip unless NULL is passed, this will be set to non-zero on output when an IP address
- * string is returned
- * @return The remote hostname
- * @deffunc const char *ap_get_remote_host(conn_rec *conn, void *dir_config, int type, int *str_is_ip)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_remote_host(conn_rec *conn, void *dir_config, int type, int *str_is_ip);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the login name of the remote user. Undef if it could not be
- * determined
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The user logged in to the client machine
- * @deffunc const char *ap_get_remote_logname(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_remote_logname(request_rec *r);
-
-/* Used for constructing self-referencing URLs, and things like SERVER_PORT,
- * and SERVER_NAME.
- */
-/**
- * build a fully qualified URL from the uri and information in the request rec
- * @param p The pool to allocate the URL from
- * @param uri The path to the requested file
- * @param r The current request
- * @return A fully qualified URL
- * @deffunc char *ap_construct_url(apr_pool_t *p, const char *uri, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_construct_url(apr_pool_t *p, const char *uri, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Get the current server name from the request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return the server name
- * @deffunc const char *ap_get_server_name(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_name(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Get the current server port
- * @param The current request
- * @return The server's port
- * @deffunc apr_port_t ap_get_server_port(const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_port_t) ap_get_server_port(const request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Return the limit on bytes in request msg body
- * @param r The current request
- * @return the maximum number of bytes in the request msg body
- * @deffunc apr_off_t ap_get_limit_req_body(const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_off_t) ap_get_limit_req_body(const request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Return the limit on bytes in XML request msg body
- * @param r The current request
- * @return the maximum number of bytes in XML request msg body
- * @deffunc size_t ap_get_limit_xml_body(const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(size_t) ap_get_limit_xml_body(const request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Install a custom response handler for a given status
- * @param r The current request
- * @param status The status for which the custom response should be used
- * @param string The custom response. This can be a static string, a file
- * or a URL
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_custom_response(request_rec *r, int status, const char *string);
-
-/**
- * Check if the current request is beyond the configured max. number of redirects or subrequests
- * @param r The current request
- * @return true (is exceeded) or false
- * @deffunc int ap_is_recursion_limit_exceeded(const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_recursion_limit_exceeded(const request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Check for a definition from the server command line
- * @param name The define to check for
- * @return 1 if defined, 0 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_exists_config_define(const char *name)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_config_define(const char *name);
-/* FIXME! See STATUS about how */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_core_translate(request_rec *r);
-
-/* Authentication stuff. This is one of the places where compatibility
- * with the old config files *really* hurts; they don't discriminate at
- * all between different authentication schemes, meaning that we need
- * to maintain common state for all of them in the core, and make it
- * available to the other modules through interfaces.
- */
-typedef struct require_line require_line;
-
-/** A structure to keep track of authorization requirements */
-struct require_line {
- /** Where the require line is in the config file. */
- apr_int64_t method_mask;
- /** The complete string from the command line */
- char *requirement;
-};
-
-/**
- * Return the type of authorization required for this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The authorization required
- * @deffunc const char *ap_auth_type(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_auth_type(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Return the current Authorization realm
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The current authorization realm
- * @deffunc const char *ap_auth_name(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_auth_name(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * How the requires lines must be met.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return How the requirements must be met. One of:
- * <pre>
- * SATISFY_ANY -- any of the requirements must be met.
- * SATISFY_ALL -- all of the requirements must be met.
- * SATISFY_NOSPEC -- There are no applicable satisfy lines
- * </pre>
- * @deffunc int ap_satisfies(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_satisfies(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve information about all of the requires directives for this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return An array of all requires directives for this request
- * @deffunc const apr_array_header_t *ap_requires(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const apr_array_header_t *) ap_requires(request_rec *r);
-
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-
-/*
- * Core is also unlike other modules in being implemented in more than
- * one file... so, data structures are declared here, even though most of
- * the code that cares really is in http_core.c. Also, another accessor.
- */
-
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern module core_module;
-
-/* Per-request configuration */
-
-typedef struct {
- /* bucket brigade used by getline for look-ahead and
- * ap_get_client_block for holding left-over request body */
- struct apr_bucket_brigade *bb;
-
- /* an array of per-request working data elements, accessed
- * by ID using ap_get_request_note()
- * (Use ap_register_request_note() during initialization
- * to add elements)
- */
- void **notes;
-
- /* There is a script processor installed on the output filter chain,
- * so it needs the default_handler to deliver a (script) file into
- * the chain so it can process it. Normally, default_handler only
- * serves files on a GET request (assuming the file is actual content),
- * since other methods are not content-retrieval. This flag overrides
- * that behavior, stating that the "content" is actually a script and
- * won't actually be delivered as the response for the non-GET method.
- */
- int deliver_script;
-
- /* Custom response strings registered via ap_custom_response(),
- * or NULL; check per-dir config if nothing found here
- */
- char **response_code_strings; /* from ap_custom_response(), not from
- * ErrorDocument
- */
- /* Should addition of charset= be suppressed for this request?
- */
- int suppress_charset;
-} core_request_config;
-
-/* Standard entries that are guaranteed to be accessible via
- * ap_get_request_note() for each request (additional entries
- * can be added with ap_register_request_note())
- */
-#define AP_NOTE_DIRECTORY_WALK 0
-#define AP_NOTE_LOCATION_WALK 1
-#define AP_NOTE_FILE_WALK 2
-#define AP_NUM_STD_NOTES 3
-
-/**
- * Reserve an element in the core_request_config->notes array
- * for some application-specific data
- * @return An integer key that can be passed to ap_get_request_note()
- * during request processing to access this element for the
- * current request.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_register_request_note(void);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve a pointer to an element in the core_request_config->notes array
- * @param r The request
- * @param note_num A key for the element: either a value obtained from
- * ap_register_request_note() or one of the predefined AP_NOTE_*
- * values.
- * @return NULL if the note_num is invalid, otherwise a pointer to the
- * requested note element.
- * @remark At the start of a request, each note element is NULL. The
- * handle provided by ap_get_request_note() is a pointer-to-pointer
- * so that the caller can point the element to some app-specific
- * data structure. The caller should guarantee that any such
- * structure will last as long as the request itself.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void **) ap_get_request_note(request_rec *r, apr_size_t note_num);
-
-/* Per-directory configuration */
-
-typedef unsigned char allow_options_t;
-typedef unsigned char overrides_t;
-
-/*
- * Bits of info that go into making an ETag for a file
- * document. Why a long? Because char historically
- * proved too short for Options, and int can be different
- * sizes on different platforms.
- */
-typedef unsigned long etag_components_t;
-
-#define ETAG_UNSET 0
-#define ETAG_NONE (1 << 0)
-#define ETAG_MTIME (1 << 1)
-#define ETAG_INODE (1 << 2)
-#define ETAG_SIZE (1 << 3)
-#define ETAG_BACKWARD (ETAG_MTIME | ETAG_INODE | ETAG_SIZE)
-#define ETAG_ALL (ETAG_MTIME | ETAG_INODE | ETAG_SIZE)
-
-typedef enum {
- srv_sig_unset,
- srv_sig_off,
- srv_sig_on,
- srv_sig_withmail
-} server_signature_e;
-
-typedef struct {
- /* path of the directory/regex/etc. see also d_is_fnmatch/absolute below */
- char *d;
- /* the number of slashes in d */
- unsigned d_components;
-
- /* If (opts & OPT_UNSET) then no absolute assignment to options has
- * been made.
- * invariant: (opts_add & opts_remove) == 0
- * Which said another way means that the last relative (options + or -)
- * assignment made to each bit is recorded in exactly one of opts_add
- * or opts_remove.
- */
- allow_options_t opts;
- allow_options_t opts_add;
- allow_options_t opts_remove;
- overrides_t override;
-
- /* MIME typing --- the core doesn't do anything at all with this,
- * but it does know what to slap on a request for a document which
- * goes untyped by other mechanisms before it slips out the door...
- */
-
- char *ap_default_type;
-
- /* Authentication stuff. Groan... */
-
- int *satisfy; /* for every method one */
- char *ap_auth_type;
- char *ap_auth_name;
- apr_array_header_t *ap_requires;
-
- /* Custom response config. These can contain text or a URL to redirect to.
- * if response_code_strings is NULL then there are none in the config,
- * if it's not null then it's allocated to sizeof(char*)*RESPONSE_CODES.
- * This lets us do quick merges in merge_core_dir_configs().
- */
-
- char **response_code_strings; /* from ErrorDocument, not from
- * ap_custom_response() */
-
- /* Hostname resolution etc */
-#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_OFF 0
-#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_ON 1
-#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_DOUBLE 2
-#define HOSTNAME_LOOKUP_UNSET 3
- unsigned int hostname_lookups : 4;
-
- signed int do_rfc1413 : 2; /* See if client is advertising a username? */
-
- signed int content_md5 : 2; /* calculate Content-MD5? */
-
-#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_OFF (0)
-#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_ON (1)
-#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_DNS (2)
-#define USE_CANONICAL_NAME_UNSET (3)
- unsigned use_canonical_name : 2;
-
- /* since is_fnmatch(conf->d) was being called so frequently in
- * directory_walk() and its relatives, this field was created and
- * is set to the result of that call.
- */
- unsigned d_is_fnmatch : 1;
-
- /* should we force a charset on any outgoing parameterless content-type?
- * if so, which charset?
- */
-#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_OFF (0)
-#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_ON (1)
-#define ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_UNSET (2)
- unsigned add_default_charset : 2;
- const char *add_default_charset_name;
-
- /* System Resource Control */
-#ifdef RLIMIT_CPU
- struct rlimit *limit_cpu;
-#endif
-#if defined (RLIMIT_DATA) || defined (RLIMIT_VMEM) || defined(RLIMIT_AS)
- struct rlimit *limit_mem;
-#endif
-#ifdef RLIMIT_NPROC
- struct rlimit *limit_nproc;
-#endif
- apr_off_t limit_req_body; /* limit on bytes in request msg body */
- long limit_xml_body; /* limit on bytes in XML request msg body */
-
- /* logging options */
-
- server_signature_e server_signature;
-
- int loglevel;
-
- /* Access control */
- apr_array_header_t *sec_file;
- regex_t *r;
-
- const char *mime_type; /* forced with ForceType */
- const char *handler; /* forced with SetHandler */
- const char *output_filters; /* forced with SetOutputFilters */
- const char *input_filters; /* forced with SetInputFilters */
- int accept_path_info; /* forced with AcceptPathInfo */
-
- apr_hash_t *ct_output_filters; /* added with AddOutputFilterByType */
-
- /*
- * What attributes/data should be included in ETag generation?
- */
- etag_components_t etag_bits;
- etag_components_t etag_add;
- etag_components_t etag_remove;
-
- /*
- * Run-time performance tuning
- */
-#define ENABLE_MMAP_OFF (0)
-#define ENABLE_MMAP_ON (1)
-#define ENABLE_MMAP_UNSET (2)
- unsigned int enable_mmap : 2; /* whether files in this dir can be mmap'ed */
-
-#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_OFF (0)
-#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_ON (1)
-#define ENABLE_SENDFILE_UNSET (2)
- unsigned int enable_sendfile : 2; /* files in this dir can be mmap'ed */
- unsigned int allow_encoded_slashes : 1; /* URLs may contain %2f w/o being
- * pitched indiscriminately */
-} core_dir_config;
-
-/* Per-server core configuration */
-
-typedef struct {
-
-#ifdef GPROF
- char *gprof_dir;
-#endif
-
- /* Name translations --- we want the core to be able to do *something*
- * so it's at least a minimally functional web server on its own (and
- * can be tested that way). But let's keep it to the bare minimum:
- */
- const char *ap_document_root;
-
- /* Access control */
-
- char *access_name;
- apr_array_header_t *sec_dir;
- apr_array_header_t *sec_url;
-
- /* recursion backstopper */
- int redirect_limit; /* maximum number of internal redirects */
- int subreq_limit; /* maximum nesting level of subrequests */
-
- /* TRACE control */
-#define AP_TRACE_UNSET -1
-#define AP_TRACE_DISABLE 0
-#define AP_TRACE_ENABLE 1
-#define AP_TRACE_EXTENDED 2
- int trace_enable;
-
-} core_server_config;
-
-/* for AddOutputFiltersByType in core.c */
-void ap_add_output_filters_by_type(request_rec *r);
-
-/* for http_config.c */
-void ap_core_reorder_directories(apr_pool_t *, server_rec *);
-
-/* for mod_perl */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_per_dir_conf(server_rec *s, void *dir_config);
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_per_url_conf(server_rec *s, void *url_config);
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_add_file_conf(core_dir_config *conf, void *url_config);
-AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD(const char *) ap_limit_section(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy, const char *arg);
-
-#endif
-
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * Runtime status/management
- */
-
-typedef enum {
- ap_mgmt_type_string,
- ap_mgmt_type_long,
- ap_mgmt_type_hash
-} ap_mgmt_type_e;
-
-typedef union {
- const char *s_value;
- long i_value;
- apr_hash_t *h_value;
-} ap_mgmt_value;
-
-typedef struct {
- const char *description;
- const char *name;
- ap_mgmt_type_e vtype;
- ap_mgmt_value v;
-} ap_mgmt_item_t;
-
-/* Handles for core filters */
-extern AP_DECLARE_DATA ap_filter_rec_t *ap_subreq_core_filter_handle;
-extern AP_DECLARE_DATA ap_filter_rec_t *ap_core_output_filter_handle;
-extern AP_DECLARE_DATA ap_filter_rec_t *ap_content_length_filter_handle;
-extern AP_DECLARE_DATA ap_filter_rec_t *ap_net_time_filter_handle;
-extern AP_DECLARE_DATA ap_filter_rec_t *ap_core_input_filter_handle;
-
-/**
- * This hook provdes a way for modules to provide metrics/statistics about
- * their operational status.
- *
- * @param p A pool to use to create entries in the hash table
- * @param val The name of the parameter(s) that is wanted. This is
- * tree-structured would be in the form ('*' is all the tree,
- * 'module.*' all of the module , 'module.foo.*', or
- * 'module.foo.bar' )
- * @param ht The hash table to store the results. Keys are item names, and
- * the values point to ap_mgmt_item_t structures.
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, get_mgmt_items,
- (apr_pool_t *p, const char * val, apr_hash_t *ht))
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-/* ----------------------------------------------------------------------
- *
- * I/O logging with mod_logio
- */
-
-APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(void, ap_logio_add_bytes_out,
- (conn_rec *c, apr_off_t bytes));
-
-/* ---------------------------------------------------------------------- */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_CORE_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_log.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_log.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 52880585..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_log.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,334 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
-
-/**
- * @package Apache logging library
- */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYSLOG
-#include <syslog.h>
-
-#ifndef LOG_PRIMASK
-#define LOG_PRIMASK 7
-#endif
-
-#define APLOG_EMERG LOG_EMERG /* system is unusable */
-#define APLOG_ALERT LOG_ALERT /* action must be taken immediately */
-#define APLOG_CRIT LOG_CRIT /* critical conditions */
-#define APLOG_ERR LOG_ERR /* error conditions */
-#define APLOG_WARNING LOG_WARNING /* warning conditions */
-#define APLOG_NOTICE LOG_NOTICE /* normal but significant condition */
-#define APLOG_INFO LOG_INFO /* informational */
-#define APLOG_DEBUG LOG_DEBUG /* debug-level messages */
-
-#define APLOG_LEVELMASK LOG_PRIMASK /* mask off the level value */
-
-#else
-
-#define APLOG_EMERG 0 /* system is unusable */
-#define APLOG_ALERT 1 /* action must be taken immediately */
-#define APLOG_CRIT 2 /* critical conditions */
-#define APLOG_ERR 3 /* error conditions */
-#define APLOG_WARNING 4 /* warning conditions */
-#define APLOG_NOTICE 5 /* normal but significant condition */
-#define APLOG_INFO 6 /* informational */
-#define APLOG_DEBUG 7 /* debug-level messages */
-
-#define APLOG_LEVELMASK 7 /* mask off the level value */
-
-#endif
-
-/* APLOG_NOERRNO is ignored and should not be used. It will be
- * removed in a future release of Apache.
- */
-#define APLOG_NOERRNO (APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1)
-
-/* Use APLOG_TOCLIENT on ap_log_rerror() to give content
- * handlers the option of including the error text in the
- * ErrorDocument sent back to the client. Setting APLOG_TOCLIENT
- * will cause the error text to be saved in the request_rec->notes
- * table, keyed to the string "error-notes", if and only if:
- * - the severity level of the message is APLOG_WARNING or greater
- * - there are no other "error-notes" set in request_rec->notes
- * Once error-notes is set, it is up to the content handler to
- * determine whether this text should be sent back to the client.
- * Note: Client generated text streams sent back to the client MUST
- * be escaped to prevent CSS attacks.
- */
-#define APLOG_TOCLIENT ((APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1) * 2)
-
-/* normal but significant condition on startup, usually printed to stderr */
-#define APLOG_STARTUP ((APLOG_LEVELMASK + 1) * 4)
-
-#ifndef DEFAULT_LOGLEVEL
-#define DEFAULT_LOGLEVEL APLOG_WARNING
-#endif
-
-extern int AP_DECLARE_DATA ap_default_loglevel;
-
-#define APLOG_MARK __FILE__,__LINE__
-
-/**
- * Set up for logging to stderr.
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_open_stderr_log(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Replace logging to stderr with logging to the given file.
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- * @param file Name of the file to log stderr output
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_replace_stderr_log(apr_pool_t *p,
- const char *file);
-
-/**
- * Open the error log and replace stderr with it.
- * @param pconf Not used
- * @param plog The pool to allocate the logs from
- * @param ptemp Pool used for temporary allocations
- * @param s_main The main server
- * @tip ap_open_logs isn't expected to be used by modules, it is
- * an internal core function
- */
-int ap_open_logs(apr_pool_t *pconf, apr_pool_t *plog,
- apr_pool_t *ptemp, server_rec *s_main);
-
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-
-/**
- * Perform special processing for piped loggers in MPM child
- * processes.
- * @param p Not used
- * @param s Not used
- * @tip ap_logs_child_init is not for use by modules; it is an
- * internal core function
- */
-void ap_logs_child_init(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *s);
-
-#endif /* CORE_PRIVATE */
-
-/*
- * The primary logging functions, ap_log_error, ap_log_rerror, ap_log_cerror,
- * and ap_log_perror use a printf style format string to build the log message.
- * It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from the network,
- * such as the request-URI or request header fields, within the format
- * string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a denial-of-service
- * attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a simple format string
- * like "%s", followed by the string containing the untrusted data.
- */
-
-/**
- * ap_log_error() - log messages which are not related to a particular
- * request or connection. This uses a printf-like format to log messages
- * to the error_log.
- * @param file The file in which this function is called
- * @param line The line number on which this function is called
- * @param level The level of this error message
- * @param status The status code from the previous command
- * @param s The server on which we are logging
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
- * @tip Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file and line
- * @tip If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
- * in preference to calling this function. Otherwise, if a conn_rec is
- * available, use that with ap_log_cerror() in preference to calling
- * this function.
- * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
- * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
- * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
- * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
- * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
- * untrusted data.
- * @deffunc void ap_log_error(const char *file, int line, int level, apr_status_t status, const server_rec *s, const char *fmt, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_error(const char *file, int line, int level,
- apr_status_t status, const server_rec *s,
- const char *fmt, ...)
- __attribute__((format(printf,6,7)));
-
-/**
- * ap_log_perror() - log messages which are not related to a particular
- * request, connection, or virtual server. This uses a printf-like
- * format to log messages to the error_log.
- * @param file The file in which this function is called
- * @param line The line number on which this function is called
- * @param level The level of this error message
- * @param status The status code from the previous command
- * @param p The pool which we are logging for
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
- * @tip Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file and line
- * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
- * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
- * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
- * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
- * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
- * untrusted data.
- * @deffunc void ap_log_perror(const char *file, int line, int level, apr_status_t status, apr_pool_t *p, const char *fmt, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_perror(const char *file, int line, int level,
- apr_status_t status, apr_pool_t *p,
- const char *fmt, ...)
- __attribute__((format(printf,6,7)));
-
-/**
- * ap_log_rerror() - log messages which are related to a particular
- * request. This uses a a printf-like format to log messages to the
- * error_log.
- * @param file The file in which this function is called
- * @param line The line number on which this function is called
- * @param level The level of this error message
- * @param status The status code from the previous command
- * @param r The request which we are logging for
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
- * @tip Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file and line
- * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
- * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
- * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
- * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
- * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
- * untrusted data.
- * @deffunc void ap_log_rerror(const char *file, int line, int level, apr_status_t status, const request_rec *r, const char *fmt, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_rerror(const char *file, int line, int level,
- apr_status_t status, const request_rec *r,
- const char *fmt, ...)
- __attribute__((format(printf,6,7)));
-
-/**
- * ap_log_cerror() - log messages which are related to a particular
- * connection. This uses a a printf-like format to log messages to the
- * error_log.
- * @param file The file in which this function is called
- * @param line The line number on which this function is called
- * @param level The level of this error message
- * @param status The status code from the previous command
- * @param c The connection which we are logging for
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out fmt.
- * @tip Use APLOG_MARK to fill out file and line
- * @tip If a request_rec is available, use that with ap_log_rerror()
- * in preference to calling this function.
- * @warning It is VERY IMPORTANT that you not include any raw data from
- * the network, such as the request-URI or request header fields, within
- * the format string. Doing so makes the server vulnerable to a
- * denial-of-service attack and other messy behavior. Instead, use a
- * simple format string like "%s", followed by the string containing the
- * untrusted data.
- * @note ap_log_cerror() is available starting with Apache 2.0.55.
- * @deffunc void ap_log_cerror(const char *file, int line, int level, apr_status_t status, const conn_rec *c, const char *fmt, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_cerror(const char *file, int line, int level,
- apr_status_t status, const conn_rec *c,
- const char *fmt, ...)
- __attribute__((format(printf,6,7)));
-
-/**
- * Convert stderr to the error log
- * @param s The current server
- * @deffunc void ap_error_log2stderr(server_rec *s)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_error_log2stderr(server_rec *s);
-
-/**
- * Log the current pid of the parent process
- * @param p The pool to use for logging
- * @param fname The name of the file to log to
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *fname);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the pid from a pidfile.
- * @param p The pool to use for logging
- * @param filename The name of the file containing the pid
- * @param mypid Pointer to pid_t (valid only if return APR_SUCCESS)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_read_pid(apr_pool_t *p, const char *filename, pid_t *mypid);
-
-typedef struct piped_log piped_log;
-
-/**
- * The piped logging structure. Piped logs are used to move functionality
- * out of the main server. For example, log rotation is done with piped logs.
- */
-struct piped_log {
- /** The pool to use for the piped log */
- apr_pool_t *p;
- /** The pipe between the server and the logging process */
- apr_file_t *fds[2];
- /* XXX - an #ifdef that needs to be eliminated from public view. Shouldn't
- * be hard */
-#ifdef AP_HAVE_RELIABLE_PIPED_LOGS
- /** The name of the program the logging process is running */
- char *program;
- /** The pid of the logging process */
- apr_proc_t *pid;
-#endif
-};
-
-/**
- * Open the piped log process
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- * @param program The program to run in the logging process
- * @return The piped log structure
- * @deffunc piped_log *ap_open_piped_log(apr_pool_t *p, const char *program)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(piped_log *) ap_open_piped_log(apr_pool_t *p, const char *program);
-
-/**
- * Close the piped log and kill the logging process
- * @param pl The piped log structure
- * @deffunc void ap_close_piped_log(piped_log *pl)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_close_piped_log(piped_log *pl);
-
-/**
- * A macro to access the read side of the piped log pipe
- * @param pl The piped log structure
- * @return The native file descriptor
- * @deffunc ap_piped_log_read_fd(pl)
- */
-#define ap_piped_log_read_fd(pl) ((pl)->fds[0])
-
-/**
- * A macro to access the write side of the piped log pipe
- * @param pl The piped log structure
- * @return The native file descriptor
- * @deffunc ap_piped_log_read_fd(pl)
- */
-#define ap_piped_log_write_fd(pl) ((pl)->fds[1])
-
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void, error_log, (const char *file, int line, int level,
- apr_status_t status, const server_rec *s,
- const request_rec *r, apr_pool_t *pool,
- const char *errstr))
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_LOG_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_main.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_main.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cc4ce59d..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_main.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H
-
-#include "apr_optional.h"
-
-/* AP_SERVER_BASEARGS is the command argument list parsed by http_main.c
- * in apr_getopt() format. Use this for default'ing args that the MPM
- * can safely ignore and pass on from its rewrite_args() handler.
- */
-#define AP_SERVER_BASEARGS "C:c:D:d:E:e:f:vVlLtSh?X"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Command line options
- */
-
-/** The name of the Apache executable */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_server_argv0;
-/** The global server's ServerRoot */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_server_root;
-
-/* for -C, -c and -D switches */
-/** An array of all -C directives. These are processed before the server's
- * config file */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_pre_read_config;
-/** An array of all -c directives. These are processed after the server's
- * config file */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_post_read_config;
-/** An array of all -D defines on the command line. This allows people to
- * effect the server based on command line options */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern apr_array_header_t *ap_server_config_defines;
-
-APR_DECLARE_OPTIONAL_FN(int, ap_signal_server, (int *, apr_pool_t *));
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_MAIN_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_protocol.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_protocol.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6287589f..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_protocol.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,697 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H
-
-#include "httpd.h"
-#include "apr_hooks.h"
-#include "apr_portable.h"
-#include "apr_mmap.h"
-#include "apr_buckets.h"
-#include "util_filter.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package HTTP protocol handling
- */
-
-/**
- * This hook allows modules to insert filters for the current error response
- * @param r the current request
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,insert_error_filter,(request_rec *r))
-
-/* This is an optimization. We keep a record of the filter_rec that
- * stores the old_write filter, so that we can avoid strcmp's later.
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_filter_rec_t *ap_old_write_func;
-
-/*
- * Prototypes for routines which either talk directly back to the user,
- * or control the ones that eventually do.
- */
-
-/**
- * Read a request and fill in the fields.
- * @param c The current connection
- * @return The new request_rec
- */
-request_rec *ap_read_request(conn_rec *c);
-
-/**
- * Read the mime-encoded headers.
- * @param r The current request
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_mime_headers(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Optimized version of ap_get_mime_headers() that requires a
- * temporary brigade to work with
- * @param r The current request
- * @param bb temp brigade
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_mime_headers_core(request_rec *r,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
-
-/* Finish up stuff after a request */
-
-/**
- * Called at completion of sending the response. It sends the terminating
- * protocol information.
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_finalize_request_protocol(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_finalize_request_protocol(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Send error back to client.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param recursive_error last arg indicates error status in case we get
- * an error in the process of trying to deal with an ErrorDocument
- * to handle some other error. In that case, we print the default
- * report for the first thing that went wrong, and more briefly report
- * on the problem with the ErrorDocument.
- * @deffunc void ap_send_error_response(request_rec *r, int recursive_error)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_send_error_response(request_rec *r, int recursive_error);
-
-/* Set last modified header line from the lastmod date of the associated file.
- * Also, set content length.
- *
- * May return an error status, typically HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED (that when the
- * permit_cache argument is set to one).
- */
-
-/**
- * Set the content length for this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @param length The new content length
- * @deffunc void ap_set_content_length(request_rec *r, apr_off_t length)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_length(request_rec *r, apr_off_t length);
-
-/**
- * Set the keepalive status for this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return 1 if keepalive can be set, 0 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_set_keepalive(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_set_keepalive(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Return the latest rational time from a request/mtime pair. Mtime is
- * returned unless it's in the future, in which case we return the current time.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param mtime The last modified time
- * @return the latest rational time.
- * @deffunc apr_time_t ap_rationalize_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t mtime)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_time_t) ap_rationalize_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t mtime);
-
-/**
- * Build the content-type that should be sent to the client from the
- * content-type specified. The following rules are followed:
- * - if type is NULL, type is set to ap_default_type(r)
- * - if charset adding is disabled, stop processing and return type.
- * - then, if there are no parameters on type, add the default charset
- * - return type
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The content-type
- * @deffunc const char *ap_make_content_type(request_rec *r, const char *type);
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_make_content_type(request_rec *r,
- const char *type);
-
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-/**
- * Precompile metadata structures used by ap_make_content_type()
- * @param r The pool to use for allocations
- * @deffunc void ap_setup_make_content_type(apr_pool_t *pool)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_setup_make_content_type(apr_pool_t *pool);
-#endif /* CORE_PRIVATE */
-
-/**
- * Construct an entity tag from the resource information. If it's a real
- * file, build in some of the file characteristics.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param force_weak Force the entity tag to be weak - it could be modified
- * again in as short an interval.
- * @return The entity tag
- * @deffunc char *ap_make_etag(request_rec *r, int force_weak)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_etag(request_rec *r, int force_weak);
-
-/**
- * Set the E-tag outgoing header
- * @param The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_set_etag(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_etag(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Set the last modified time for the file being sent
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_set_last_modified(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_last_modified(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Implements condition GET rules for HTTP/1.1 specification. This function
- * inspects the client headers and determines if the response fulfills
- * the requirements specified.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK if the response fulfills the condition GET rules, some
- * other status code otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_meets_conditions(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_meets_conditions(request_rec *r);
-
-/* Other ways to send stuff at the client. All of these keep track
- * of bytes_sent automatically. This indirection is intended to make
- * it a little more painless to slide things like HTTP-NG packetization
- * underneath the main body of the code later. In the meantime, it lets
- * us centralize a bit of accounting (bytes_sent).
- *
- * These also return the number of bytes written by the call.
- * They should only be called with a timeout registered, for obvious reaasons.
- * (Ditto the send_header stuff).
- */
-
-/**
- * Send an entire file to the client, using sendfile if supported by the
- * current platform
- * @param fd The file to send.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param offset Offset into the file to start sending.
- * @param length Amount of data to send
- * @param nbytes Amount of data actually sent
- * @deffunc apr_status_t ap_send_fd(apr_file_t *fd, request_rec *r, apr_off_t offset, apr_size_t length, apr_size_t *nbytes);
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_send_fd(apr_file_t *fd, request_rec *r, apr_off_t offset,
- apr_size_t length, apr_size_t *nbytes);
-
-#if APR_HAS_MMAP
-/**
- * Send an MMAP'ed file to the client
- * @param mm The MMAP'ed file to send
- * @param r The current request
- * @param offset The offset into the MMAP to start sending
- * @param length The amount of data to send
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc size_t ap_send_mmap(apr_mmap_t *mm, request_rec *r, size_t offset, size_t length)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(size_t) ap_send_mmap(apr_mmap_t *mm, request_rec *r, size_t offset,
- size_t length);
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- * Register a new request method, and return the offset that will be
- * associated with that method.
- *
- * @param p The pool to create registered method numbers from.
- * @param methname The name of the new method to register.
- * @return Ab int value representing an offset into a bitmask.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_register(apr_pool_t *p, const char *methname);
-
-/**
- * Initialize the method_registry and allocate memory for it.
- *
- * @param p Pool to allocate memory for the registry from.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_registry_init(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/*
- * This is a convenience macro to ease with checking a mask
- * against a method name.
- */
-#define AP_METHOD_CHECK_ALLOWED(mask, methname) \
- ((mask) & (AP_METHOD_BIT << ap_method_number_of((methname))))
-
-/**
- * Create a new method list with the specified number of preallocated
- * slots for extension methods.
- *
- * @param p Pointer to a pool in which the structure should be
- * allocated.
- * @param nelts Number of preallocated extension slots
- * @return Pointer to the newly created structure.
- * @deffunc ap_method_list_t ap_make_method_list(apr_pool_t *p, int nelts)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_method_list_t *) ap_make_method_list(apr_pool_t *p, int nelts);
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_copy_method_list(ap_method_list_t *dest,
- ap_method_list_t *src);
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(void) ap_method_list_do(int (*comp) (void *urec, const char *mname,
- int mnum),
- void *rec,
- const ap_method_list_t *ml, ...);
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_vdo(int (*comp) (void *urec, const char *mname,
- int mnum),
- void *rec, const ap_method_list_t *ml,
- va_list vp);
-/**
- * Search for an HTTP method name in an ap_method_list_t structure, and
- * return true if found.
- *
- * @param method String containing the name of the method to check.
- * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as cmd->methods_limited.
- * @return 1 if method is in the list, otherwise 0
- * @deffunc int ap_method_in_list(const char *method, ap_method_list_t *l)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_in_list(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method);
-
-/**
- * Add an HTTP method name to an ap_method_list_t structure if it isn't
- * already listed.
- *
- * @param method String containing the name of the method to check.
- * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as cmd->methods_limited.
- * @return None.
- * @deffunc void ap_method_in_list(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_add(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method);
-
-/**
- * Remove an HTTP method name from an ap_method_list_t structure.
- *
- * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as cmd->methods_limited.
- * @param method String containing the name of the method to remove.
- * @return None.
- * @deffunc void ap_method_list_remove(ap_method_list_t *l, const char *method)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_method_list_remove(ap_method_list_t *l,
- const char *method);
-
-/**
- * Reset a method list to be completely empty.
- *
- * @param l Pointer to a method list, such as cmd->methods_limited.
- * @return None.
- * @deffunc void ap_clear_method_list(ap_method_list_t *l)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_clear_method_list(ap_method_list_t *l);
-
-/**
- * Set the content type for this request (r->content_type).
- * @param r The current request
- * @param ct The new content type
- * @deffunc void ap_set_content_type(request_rec *r, const char* ct)
- * @warning This function must be called to set r->content_type in order
- * for the AddOutputFilterByType directive to work correctly.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_content_type(request_rec *r, const char *ct);
-
-/* Hmmm... could macrofy these for now, and maybe forever, though the
- * definitions of the macros would get a whole lot hairier.
- */
-
-/**
- * Output one character for this request
- * @param c the character to output
- * @param r the current request
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_rputc(int c, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rputc(int c, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Output a string for the current request
- * @param str The string to output
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_rputs(const char *str, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rputs(const char *str, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Write a buffer for the current request
- * @param buf The buffer to write
- * @param nbyte The number of bytes to send from the buffer
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_rwrite(const void *buf, int nbyte, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rwrite(const void *buf, int nbyte, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Write an unspecified number of strings to the request
- * @param r The current request
- * @param ... The strings to write
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_rvputs(request_rec *r, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_rvputs(request_rec *r,...);
-
-/**
- * Output data to the client in a printf format
- * @param r The current request
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param vlist The arguments to use to fill out the format string
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_vrprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt, va_list vlist)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_vrprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt, va_list vlist);
-
-/**
- * Output data to the client in a printf format
- * @param r The current request
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param ... The arguments to use to fill out the format string
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_rprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_rprintf(request_rec *r, const char *fmt,...)
- __attribute__((format(printf,2,3)));
-/**
- * Flush all of the data for the current request to the client
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The number of bytes sent
- * @deffunc int ap_rflush(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rflush(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Index used in custom_responses array for a specific error code
- * (only use outside protocol.c is in getting them configured).
- * @param status HTTP status code
- * @return The index of the response
- * @deffunc int ap_index_of_response(int status)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_index_of_response(int status);
-
-/**
- * Return the Status-Line for a given status code (excluding the
- * HTTP-Version field). If an invalid or unknown status code is
- * passed, "500 Internal Server Error" will be returned.
- * @param status The HTTP status code
- * @return The Status-Line
- * @deffunc const char *ap_get_status_line(int status)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_status_line(int status);
-
-/* Reading a block of data from the client connection (e.g., POST arg) */
-
-/**
- * Setup the client to allow Apache to read the request body.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param read_policy How the server should interpret a chunked
- * transfer-encoding. One of: <pre>
- * REQUEST_NO_BODY Send 413 error if message has any body
- * REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR Send 411 error if body without Content-Length
- * REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK If chunked, remove the chunks for me.
- * </pre>
- * @return either OK or an error code
- * @deffunc int ap_setup_client_block(request_rec *r, int read_policy)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_setup_client_block(request_rec *r, int read_policy);
-
-/**
- * Determine if the client has sent any data. This also sends a
- * 100 Continue response to HTTP/1.1 clients, so modules should not be called
- * until the module is ready to read content.
- * @warning Never call this function more than once.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return 0 if there is no message to read, 1 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_should_client_block(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_should_client_block(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Call this in a loop. It will put data into a buffer and return the length
- * of the input block
- * @param r The current request
- * @param buffer The buffer in which to store the data
- * @param bufsiz The size of the buffer
- * @return Number of bytes inserted into the buffer. When done reading, 0
- * if EOF, or -1 if there was an error
- * @deffunc long ap_get_client_block(request_rec *r, char *buffer, apr_size_t bufsiz)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(long) ap_get_client_block(request_rec *r, char *buffer, apr_size_t bufsiz);
-
-/**
- * In HTTP/1.1, any method can have a body. However, most GET handlers
- * wouldn't know what to do with a request body if they received one.
- * This helper routine tests for and reads any message body in the request,
- * simply discarding whatever it receives. We need to do this because
- * failing to read the request body would cause it to be interpreted
- * as the next request on a persistent connection.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return error status if request is malformed, OK otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_discard_request_body(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_discard_request_body(request_rec *r);
-
-
-/**
- * Setup the output headers so that the client knows how to authenticate
- * itself the next time, if an authentication request failed. This function
- * works for both basic and digest authentication
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_note_auth_failure(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_auth_failure(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Setup the output headers so that the client knows how to authenticate
- * itself the next time, if an authentication request failed. This function
- * works only for basic authentication
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_note_basic_auth_failure(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_basic_auth_failure(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Setup the output headers so that the client knows how to authenticate
- * itself the next time, if an authentication request failed. This function
- * works only for digest authentication
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_note_digest_auth_failure(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_note_digest_auth_failure(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Get the password from the request headers
- * @param r The current request
- * @param pw The password as set in the headers
- * @return 0 (OK) if it set the 'pw' argument (and assured
- * a correct value in r->user); otherwise it returns
- * an error code, either HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR if things are
- * really confused, HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED if no authentication at all
- * seemed to be in use, or DECLINED if there was authentication but
- * it wasn't Basic (in which case, the caller should presumably
- * decline as well).
- * @deffunc int ap_get_basic_auth_pw(request_rec *r, const char **pw)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_get_basic_auth_pw(request_rec *r, const char **pw);
-
-/**
- * parse_uri: break apart the uri
- * @warning Side Effects: <pre>
- * - sets r->args to rest after '?' (or NULL if no '?')
- * - sets r->uri to request uri (without r->args part)
- * - sets r->hostname (if not set already) from request (scheme://host:port)
- * </pre>
- * @param r The current request
- * @param uri The uri to break apart
- * @deffunc void ap_parse_uri(request_rec *r, const char *uri)
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE(void) ap_parse_uri(request_rec *r, const char *uri);
-
-/**
- * Get the next line of input for the request
- * @param s The buffer into which to read the line
- * @param n The size of the buffer
- * @param r The request
- * @param fold Whether to merge continuation lines
- * @return The length of the line, if successful
- * n, if the line is too big to fit in the buffer
- * -1 for miscellaneous errors
- * @deffunc int ap_method_number_of(const char *method)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_getline(char *s, int n, request_rec *r, int fold);
-
-/**
- * Get the next line of input for the request
- *
- * Note: on ASCII boxes, ap_rgetline is a macro which simply calls
- * ap_rgetline_core to get the line of input.
- *
- * on EBCDIC boxes, ap_rgetline is a wrapper function which
- * translates ASCII protocol lines to the local EBCDIC code page
- * after getting the line of input.
- *
- * @param s Pointer to the pointer to the buffer into which the line
- * should be read; if *s==NULL, a buffer of the necessary size
- * to hold the data will be allocated from the request pool
- * @param n The size of the buffer
- * @param read The length of the line.
- * @param r The request
- * @param fold Whether to merge continuation lines
- * @param bb Working brigade to use when reading buckets
- * @return APR_SUCCESS, if successful
- * APR_ENOSPC, if the line is too big to fit in the buffer
- * Other errors where appropriate
- */
-#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_rgetline(char **s, apr_size_t n,
- apr_size_t *read,
- request_rec *r, int fold,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
-#else /* ASCII box */
-#define ap_rgetline(s, n, read, r, fold, bb) \
- ap_rgetline_core((s), (n), (read), (r), (fold), (bb))
-#endif
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_rgetline_core(char **s, apr_size_t n,
- apr_size_t *read,
- request_rec *r, int fold,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
-
-/**
- * Get the method number associated with the given string, assumed to
- * contain an HTTP method. Returns M_INVALID if not recognized.
- * @param method A string containing a valid HTTP method
- * @return The method number
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_method_number_of(const char *method);
-
-/**
- * Get the method name associated with the given internal method
- * number. Returns NULL if not recognized.
- * @param p A pool to use for temporary allocations.
- * @param methnum An integer value corresponding to an internal method number
- * @return The name corresponding to the method number
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_method_name_of(apr_pool_t *p, int methnum);
-
-
- /* Hooks */
- /*
- * post_read_request --- run right after read_request or internal_redirect,
- * and not run during any subrequests.
- */
-/**
- * This hook allows modules to affect the request immediately after the request
- * has been read, and before any other phases have been processes. This allows
- * modules to make decisions based upon the input header fields
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK or DECLINED
- * @deffunc ap_run_post_read_request(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,post_read_request,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook allows modules to perform any module-specific logging activities
- * over and above the normal server things.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @deffunc int ap_run_log_transaction(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,log_transaction,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook allows modules to retrieve the http method from a request. This
- * allows Apache modules to easily extend the methods that Apache understands
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The http method from the request
- * @deffunc const char *ap_run_http_method(const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(const char *,http_method,(const request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * Return the default port from the current request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The current port
- * @deffunc apr_port_t ap_run_default_port(const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(apr_port_t,default_port,(const request_rec *r))
-
-typedef struct ap_bucket_error ap_bucket_error;
-
-/**
- * A bucket referring to an HTTP error
- * This bucket can be passed down the filter stack to indicate that an
- * HTTP error occurred while running a filter. In order for this bucket
- * to be used successfully, it MUST be sent as the first bucket in the
- * first brigade to be sent from a given filter.
- */
-struct ap_bucket_error {
- /** Number of buckets using this memory */
- apr_bucket_refcount refcount;
- /** The error code */
- int status;
- /** The error string */
- const char *data;
-};
-
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const apr_bucket_type_t ap_bucket_type_error;
-
-/**
- * Determine if a bucket is an error bucket
- * @param e The bucket to inspect
- * @return true or false
- */
-#define AP_BUCKET_IS_ERROR(e) (e->type == &ap_bucket_type_error)
-
-/**
- * Make the bucket passed in an error bucket
- * @param b The bucket to make into an error bucket
- * @param error The HTTP error code to put in the bucket.
- * @param buf An optional error string to put in the bucket.
- * @param p A pool to allocate out of.
- * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
- * @deffunc apr_bucket *ap_bucket_error_make(apr_bucket *b, int error, const char *buf, apr_pool_t *p)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_error_make(apr_bucket *b, int error,
- const char *buf, apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Create a bucket referring to an HTTP error.
- * @param error The HTTP error code to put in the bucket.
- * @param buf An optional error string to put in the bucket.
- * @param p A pool to allocate the error string out of.
- * @param list The bucket allocator from which to allocate the bucket
- * @return The new bucket, or NULL if allocation failed
- * @deffunc apr_bucket *ap_bucket_error_create(int error, const char *buf, apr_pool_t *p, apr_bucket_alloc_t *list)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_bucket *) ap_bucket_error_create(int error, const char *buf,
- apr_pool_t *p,
- apr_bucket_alloc_t *list);
-
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_byterange_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_http_header_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_content_length_filter(ap_filter_t *,
- apr_bucket_brigade *);
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_old_write_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *b);
-
-/*
- * Setting up the protocol fields for subsidiary requests...
- * Also, a wrapup function to keep the internal accounting straight.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_set_sub_req_protocol(request_rec *rnew, const request_rec *r);
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_finalize_sub_req_protocol(request_rec *sub_r);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_PROTOCOL_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_request.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_request.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c10e44db..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_request.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,373 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H
-
-#include "apr_hooks.h"
-#include "util_filter.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#define AP_SUBREQ_NO_ARGS 0
-#define AP_SUBREQ_MERGE_ARGS 1
-
-/**
- * @file http_request.h
- * @brief Apache Request library
- */
-
-/* http_request.c is the code which handles the main line of request
- * processing, once a request has been read in (finding the right per-
- * directory configuration, building it if necessary, and calling all
- * the module dispatch functions in the right order).
- *
- * The pieces here which are public to the modules, allow them to learn
- * how the server would handle some other file or URI, or perhaps even
- * direct the server to serve that other file instead of the one the
- * client requested directly.
- *
- * There are two ways to do that. The first is the sub_request mechanism,
- * which handles looking up files and URIs as adjuncts to some other
- * request (e.g., directory entries for multiviews and directory listings);
- * the lookup functions stop short of actually running the request, but
- * (e.g., for includes), a module may call for the request to be run
- * by calling run_sub_req. The space allocated to create sub_reqs can be
- * reclaimed by calling destroy_sub_req --- be sure to copy anything you care
- * about which was allocated in its apr_pool_t elsewhere before doing this.
- */
-
-/**
- * An internal handler used by the ap_process_request, all subrequest mechanisms
- * and the redirect mechanism.
- * @param r The request, subrequest or internal redirect to pre-process
- * @return The return code for the request
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_process_request_internal(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Create a subrequest from the given URI. This subrequest can be
- * inspected to find information about the requested URI
- * @param new_uri The URI to lookup
- * @param r The current request
- * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
- * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
- * @return The new request record
- * @deffunc request_rec * ap_sub_req_lookup_uri(const char *new_uri, const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_uri(const char *new_uri,
- const request_rec *r,
- ap_filter_t *next_filter);
-
-/**
- * Create a subrequest for the given file. This subrequest can be
- * inspected to find information about the requested file
- * @param new_file The file to lookup
- * @param r The current request
- * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
- * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
- * @return The new request record
- * @deffunc request_rec * ap_sub_req_lookup_file(const char *new_file, const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_file(const char *new_file,
- const request_rec *r,
- ap_filter_t *next_filter);
-/**
- * Create a subrequest for the given apr_dir_read result. This subrequest
- * can be inspected to find information about the requested file
- * @param finfo The apr_dir_read result to lookup
- * @param r The current request
- * @param subtype What type of subrequest to perform, one of;
- * <PRE>
- * AP_SUBREQ_NO_ARGS ignore r->args and r->path_info
- * AP_SUBREQ_MERGE_ARGS merge r->args and r->path_info
- * </PRE>
- * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
- * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
- * @return The new request record
- * @deffunc request_rec * ap_sub_req_lookup_dirent(apr_finfo_t *finfo, int subtype, const request_rec *r)
- * @tip The apr_dir_read flags value APR_FINFO_MIN|APR_FINFO_NAME flag is the
- * minimum recommended query if the results will be passed to apr_dir_read.
- * The file info passed must include the name, and must have the same relative
- * directory as the current request.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_lookup_dirent(const apr_finfo_t *finfo,
- const request_rec *r,
- int subtype,
- ap_filter_t *next_filter);
-/**
- * Create a subrequest for the given URI using a specific method. This
- * subrequest can be inspected to find information about the requested URI
- * @param method The method to use in the new subrequest
- * @param new_uri The URI to lookup
- * @param r The current request
- * @param next_filter The first filter the sub_request should use. If this is
- * NULL, it defaults to the first filter for the main request
- * @return The new request record
- * @deffunc request_rec * ap_sub_req_method_uri(const char *method, const char *new_uri, const request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(request_rec *) ap_sub_req_method_uri(const char *method,
- const char *new_uri,
- const request_rec *r,
- ap_filter_t *next_filter);
-/**
- * An output filter to strip EOS buckets from sub-requests. This always
- * has to be inserted at the end of a sub-requests filter stack.
- * @param f The current filter
- * @param bb The brigade to filter
- * @deffunc apr_status_t ap_sub_req_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *bb)
- */
-AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_sub_req_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
-
-/**
- * Run the handler for the subrequest
- * @param r The subrequest to run
- * @return The return code for the subrequest
- * @deffunc int ap_run_sub_req(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_run_sub_req(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Free the memory associated with a subrequest
- * @param r The subrequest to finish
- * @deffunc void ap_destroy_sub_req(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_destroy_sub_req(request_rec *r);
-
-/*
- * Then there's the case that you want some other request to be served
- * as the top-level request INSTEAD of what the client requested directly.
- * If so, call this from a handler, and then immediately return OK.
- */
-
-/**
- * Redirect the current request to some other uri
- * @param new_uri The URI to replace the current request with
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_internal_redirect(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_redirect(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * This function is designed for things like actions or CGI scripts, when
- * using AddHandler, and you want to preserve the content type across
- * an internal redirect.
- * @param new_uri The URI to replace the current request with.
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_internal_redirect_handler(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_redirect_handler(const char *new_uri, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Redirect the current request to a sub_req, merging the pools
- * @param sub_req A subrequest created from this request
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_internal_fast_redirect(request_rec *sub_req, request_rec *r)
- * @tip the sub_req's pool will be merged into r's pool, be very careful
- * not to destroy this subrequest, it will be destroyed with the main request!
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_internal_fast_redirect(request_rec *sub_req, request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Can be used within any handler to determine if any authentication
- * is required for the current request
- * @param r The current request
- * @return 1 if authentication is required, 0 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_some_auth_required(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_some_auth_required(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Determine if the current request is the main request or a subrequest
- * @param r The current request
- * @return 1 if this is the main request, 0 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_is_initial_req(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_initial_req(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Function to set the r->mtime field to the specified value if it's later
- * than what's already there.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param dependency_time Time to set the mtime to
- * @deffunc void ap_update_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t dependency_mtime)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_mtime(request_rec *r, apr_time_t dependency_mtime);
-
-/**
- * Add one or more methods to the list permitted to access the resource.
- * Usually executed by the content handler before the response header is
- * sent, but sometimes invoked at an earlier phase if a module knows it
- * can set the list authoritatively. Note that the methods are ADDED
- * to any already permitted unless the reset flag is non-zero. The
- * list is used to generate the Allow response header field when it
- * is needed.
- * @param r The pointer to the request identifying the resource.
- * @param reset Boolean flag indicating whether this list should
- * completely replace any current settings.
- * @param ... A NULL-terminated list of strings, each identifying a
- * method name to add.
- * @return None.
- * @deffunc void ap_allow_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_allow_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...);
-
-/**
- * Add one or more methods to the list permitted to access the resource.
- * Usually executed by the content handler before the response header is
- * sent, but sometimes invoked at an earlier phase if a module knows it
- * can set the list authoritatively. Note that the methods are ADDED
- * to any already permitted unless the reset flag is non-zero. The
- * list is used to generate the Allow response header field when it
- * is needed.
- * @param r The pointer to the request identifying the resource.
- * @param reset Boolean flag indicating whether this list should
- * completely replace any current settings.
- * @param ... A list of method identifiers, from the "M_" series
- * defined in httpd.h, terminated with a value of -1
- * (e.g., "M_GET, M_POST, M_OPTIONS, -1")
- * @return None.
- * @deffunc void ap_allow_standard_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_allow_standard_methods(request_rec *r, int reset, ...);
-
-#define MERGE_ALLOW 0
-#define REPLACE_ALLOW 1
-
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-/* Function called by main.c to handle first-level request */
-void ap_process_request(request_rec *);
-/**
- * Kill the current request
- * @param type Why the request is dieing
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_die(int type, request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_die(int type, request_rec *r);
-#endif
-
-/* Hooks */
-
-/**
- * Gives modules a chance to create their request_config entry when the
- * request is created.
- * @param r The current request
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,create_request,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook allow modules an opportunity to translate the URI into an
- * actual filename. If no modules do anything special, the server's default
- * rules will be followed.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,translate_name,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook allow modules to set the per_dir_config based on their own
- * context (such as <Proxy > sections) and responds to contextless requests
- * such as TRACE that need no security or filesystem mapping.
- * based on the filesystem.
- * @param r The current request
- * @return DONE (or HTTP_) if this contextless request was just fulfilled
- * (such as TRACE), OK if this is not a file, and DECLINED if this is a file.
- * The core map_to_storage (HOOK_RUN_REALLY_LAST) will directory_walk
- * and file_walk the r->filename.
- *
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,map_to_storage,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook is used to analyze the request headers, authenticate the user,
- * and set the user information in the request record (r->user and
- * r->ap_auth_type). This hook is only run when Apache determines that
- * authentication/authorization is required for this resource (as determined
- * by the 'Require' directive). It runs after the access_checker hook, and
- * before the auth_checker hook.
- *
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,check_user_id,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * Allows modules to perform module-specific fixing of header fields. This
- * is invoked just before any content-handler
- * @param r The current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,fixups,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This routine is called to determine and/or set the various document type
- * information bits, like Content-type (via r->content_type), language, et
- * cetera.
- * @param r the current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,type_checker,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook is used to apply additional access control to this resource.
- * It runs *before* a user is authenticated, so this hook is really to
- * apply additional restrictions independent of a user. It also runs
- * independent of 'Require' directive usage.
- *
- * @param r the current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,access_checker,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook is used to check to see if the resource being requested
- * is available for the authenticated user (r->user and r->ap_auth_type).
- * It runs after the access_checker and check_user_id hooks. Note that
- * it will *only* be called if Apache determines that access control has
- * been applied to this resource (through a 'Require' directive).
- *
- * @param r the current request
- * @return OK, DECLINED, or HTTP_...
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int,auth_checker,(request_rec *r))
-
-/**
- * This hook allows modules to insert filters for the current request
- * @param r the current request
- * @ingroup hooks
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(void,insert_filter,(request_rec *r))
-
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_location_walk(request_rec *r);
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_directory_walk(request_rec *r);
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_file_walk(request_rec *r);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_REQUEST_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_vhost.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_vhost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1acfd95f..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/http_vhost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H
-#define APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Virtual Host package
- */
-
-/**
- * called before any config is read
- * @param p Pool to allocate out of
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_init_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * called after the config has been read to compile the tables needed to do
- * the run-time vhost lookups
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- * @param main_server The start of the virtual host list
- * @deffunc ap_fini_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *main_server)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_fini_vhost_config(apr_pool_t *p, server_rec *main_server);
-
-/**
- * handle addresses in <VirtualHost> statement
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- * @param hostname The hostname in the VirtualHost statement
- * @param s The list of Virtual Hosts.
- */
-const char *ap_parse_vhost_addrs(apr_pool_t *p, const char *hostname, server_rec *s);
-
-/* handle NameVirtualHost directive */
-const char *ap_set_name_virtual_host (cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-
-/**
- * Callback function for every Name Based Virtual Host.
- * @param baton Opaque user object
- * @param conn The current Connection
- * @param s The current Server
- * @see ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn
- * @return 0 on success, any non-zero return will stop the iteration.
- */
-typedef int(*ap_vhost_iterate_conn_cb)(void* baton, conn_rec* conn, server_rec* s);
-
-/**
- * For every virtual host on this connection, call func_cb.
- * @param conn The current connection
- * @param func_cb Function called for every Name Based Virtual Host for this
- * connection.
- * @param baton Opaque object passed to func_cb.
- * @return The return value from func_cb.
- * @note If func_cb returns non-zero, the function will return at this point,
- * and not continue iterating the virtual hosts.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_vhost_iterate_given_conn(conn_rec *conn,
- ap_vhost_iterate_conn_cb func_cb,
- void* baton);
-
-/**
- * given an ip address only, give our best guess as to what vhost it is
- * @param conn The current connection
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_vhost_given_ip(conn_rec *conn);
-
-/**
- * ap_update_vhost_given_ip is never enough, and this is always called after
- * the headers have been read. It may change r->server.
- * @param r The current request
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_update_vhost_from_headers(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Match the host in the header with the hostname of the server for this
- * request.
- * @param r The current request
- * @param host The hostname in the headers
- * @param port The port from the headers
- * @return return 1 if the host:port matches any of the aliases of r->server,
- * return 0 otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_matches_request_vhost(request_rec *r, const char *host, apr_port_t port)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_matches_request_vhost(request_rec *r, const char *host,
- apr_port_t port);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTP_VHOST_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/httpd.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/httpd.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ad2df22..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/httpd.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1760 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_HTTPD_H
-#define APACHE_HTTPD_H
-
-/**
- * @file httpd.h
- * @brief HTTP Daemon routines
- */
-
-/* XXX - We need to push more stuff to other .h files, or even .c files, to
- * make this file smaller
- */
-
-/* Headers in which EVERYONE has an interest... */
-#include "ap_config.h"
-#include "ap_mmn.h"
-
-#include "ap_release.h"
-
-#include "apr_general.h"
-#include "apr_tables.h"
-#include "apr_pools.h"
-#include "apr_time.h"
-#include "apr_network_io.h"
-#include "apr_buckets.h"
-
-#include "os.h"
-
-#include "pcreposix.h"
-
-/* Note: util_uri.h is also included, see below */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CORE_PRIVATE
-
-/* ----------------------------- config dir ------------------------------ */
-
-/* Define this to be the default server home dir. Most things later in this
- * file with a relative pathname will have this added.
- */
-#ifndef HTTPD_ROOT
-#ifdef OS2
-/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
-#define HTTPD_ROOT "/os2httpd"
-#elif defined(WIN32)
-/* Set default for Windows file system */
-#define HTTPD_ROOT "/apache"
-#elif defined (BEOS)
-/* Set the default for BeOS */
-#define HTTPD_ROOT "/boot/home/apache"
-#elif defined (NETWARE)
-/* Set the default for NetWare */
-#define HTTPD_ROOT "/apache"
-#else
-#define HTTPD_ROOT "/usr/local/apache"
-#endif
-#endif /* HTTPD_ROOT */
-
-/*
- * --------- You shouldn't have to edit anything below this line ----------
- *
- * Any modifications to any defaults not defined above should be done in the
- * respective configuration file.
- *
- */
-
-/* Default location of documents. Can be overridden by the DocumentRoot
- * directive.
- */
-#ifndef DOCUMENT_LOCATION
-#ifdef OS2
-/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
-#define DOCUMENT_LOCATION HTTPD_ROOT "/docs"
-#else
-#define DOCUMENT_LOCATION HTTPD_ROOT "/htdocs"
-#endif
-#endif /* DOCUMENT_LOCATION */
-
-/* Maximum number of dynamically loaded modules */
-#ifndef DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT
-#define DYNAMIC_MODULE_LIMIT 64
-#endif
-
-/* Default administrator's address */
-#define DEFAULT_ADMIN "[no address given]"
-
-/* The name of the log files */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_ERRORLOG
-#if defined(OS2) || defined(WIN32)
-#define DEFAULT_ERRORLOG "logs/error.log"
-#else
-#define DEFAULT_ERRORLOG "logs/error_log"
-#endif
-#endif /* DEFAULT_ERRORLOG */
-
-/* Define this to be what your per-directory security files are called */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME
-#ifdef OS2
-/* Set default for OS/2 file system */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME "htaccess"
-#else
-#define DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME ".htaccess"
-#endif
-#endif /* DEFAULT_ACCESS_FNAME */
-
-/* The name of the server config file */
-#ifndef SERVER_CONFIG_FILE
-#define SERVER_CONFIG_FILE "conf/httpd.conf"
-#endif
-
-/* Whether we should enable rfc1413 identity checking */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_RFC1413
-#define DEFAULT_RFC1413 0
-#endif
-
-/* The default path for CGI scripts if none is currently set */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_PATH
-#define DEFAULT_PATH "/bin:/usr/bin:/usr/ucb:/usr/bsd:/usr/local/bin"
-#endif
-
-/* The path to the suExec wrapper, can be overridden in Configuration */
-#ifndef SUEXEC_BIN
-#define SUEXEC_BIN HTTPD_ROOT "/bin/suexec"
-#endif
-
-/* The timeout for waiting for messages */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_TIMEOUT
-#define DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 300
-#endif
-
-/* The timeout for waiting for keepalive timeout until next request */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_TIMEOUT
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_TIMEOUT 15
-#endif
-
-/* The number of requests to entertain per connection */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE 100
-#endif
-
-/* Limits on the size of various request items. These limits primarily
- * exist to prevent simple denial-of-service attacks on a server based
- * on misuse of the protocol. The recommended values will depend on the
- * nature of the server resources -- CGI scripts and database backends
- * might require large values, but most servers could get by with much
- * smaller limits than we use below. The request message body size can
- * be limited by the per-dir config directive LimitRequestBody.
- *
- * Internal buffer sizes are two bytes more than the DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE
- * and DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE below, which explains the 8190.
- * These two limits can be lowered (but not raised) by the server config
- * directives LimitRequestLine and LimitRequestFieldsize, respectively.
- *
- * DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS can be modified or disabled (set = 0) by
- * the server config directive LimitRequestFields.
- */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE
-#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_LINE 8190
-#endif /* default limit on bytes in Request-Line (Method+URI+HTTP-version) */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE
-#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDSIZE 8190
-#endif /* default limit on bytes in any one header field */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS
-#define DEFAULT_LIMIT_REQUEST_FIELDS 100
-#endif /* default limit on number of request header fields */
-
-
-/**
- * The default default character set name to add if AddDefaultCharset is
- * enabled. Overridden with AddDefaultCharsetName.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ADD_DEFAULT_CHARSET_NAME "iso-8859-1"
-
-#endif /* CORE_PRIVATE */
-
-/** default HTTP Server protocol */
-#define AP_SERVER_PROTOCOL "HTTP/1.1"
-
-
-/* ------------------ stuff that modules are allowed to look at ----------- */
-
-/** Define this to be what your HTML directory content files are called */
-#ifndef AP_DEFAULT_INDEX
-#define AP_DEFAULT_INDEX "index.html"
-#endif
-
-
-/**
- * Define this to be what type you'd like returned for files with unknown
- * suffixes.
- * @warning MUST be all lower case.
- */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_CONTENT_TYPE
-#define DEFAULT_CONTENT_TYPE "text/plain"
-#endif
-
-/** The name of the MIME types file */
-#ifndef AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE
-#define AP_TYPES_CONFIG_FILE "conf/mime.types"
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Define the HTML doctype strings centrally.
- */
-/** HTML 2.0 Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_HTML_2_0 "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//IETF//" \
- "DTD HTML 2.0//EN\">\n"
-/** HTML 3.2 Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_HTML_3_2 "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD HTML 3.2 Final//EN\">\n"
-/** HTML 4.0 Strict Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0S "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD HTML 4.0//EN\"\n" \
- "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/strict.dtd\">\n"
-/** HTML 4.0 Transitional Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0T "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" \
- "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd\">\n"
-/** HTML 4.0 Frameset Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_HTML_4_0F "<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD HTML 4.0 Frameset//EN\"\n" \
- "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/frameset.dtd\">\n"
-/** XHTML 1.0 Strict Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0S "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN\"\n" \
- "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
- "xhtml1-strict.dtd\">\n"
-/** XHTML 1.0 Transitional Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0T "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n" \
- "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
- "xhtml1-transitional.dtd\">\n"
-/** XHTML 1.0 Frameset Doctype */
-#define DOCTYPE_XHTML_1_0F "<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//" \
- "DTD XHTML 1.0 Frameset//EN\"\n" \
- "\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/" \
- "xhtml1-frameset.dtd\">"
-
-/** Internal representation for a HTTP protocol number, e.g., HTTP/1.1 */
-
-#define HTTP_VERSION(major,minor) (1000*(major)+(minor))
-/** Major part of HTTP protocol */
-#define HTTP_VERSION_MAJOR(number) ((number)/1000)
-/** Minor part of HTTP protocol */
-#define HTTP_VERSION_MINOR(number) ((number)%1000)
-
-/* -------------- Port number for server running standalone --------------- */
-
-/** default HTTP Port */
-#define DEFAULT_HTTP_PORT 80
-/** default HTTPS Port */
-#define DEFAULT_HTTPS_PORT 443
-/**
- * Check whether @a port is the default port for the request @a r.
- * @param port The port number
- * @param r The request
- * @see #ap_default_port
- */
-#define ap_is_default_port(port,r) ((port) == ap_default_port(r))
-/**
- * Get the default port for a request (which depends on the scheme).
- * @param r The request
- */
-#define ap_default_port(r) ap_run_default_port(r)
-/**
- * Get the scheme for a request.
- * @param r The request
- * @bug This should be called ap_http_scheme!
- */
-#define ap_http_method(r) ap_run_http_method(r)
-
-/** The default string lengths */
-#define MAX_STRING_LEN HUGE_STRING_LEN
-#define HUGE_STRING_LEN 8192
-
-/** The size of the server's internal read-write buffers */
-#define AP_IOBUFSIZE 8192
-
-/** The max number of regex captures that can be expanded by ap_pregsub */
-#define AP_MAX_REG_MATCH 10
-
-/**
- * APR_HAS_LARGE_FILES introduces the problem of spliting sendfile into
- * mutiple buckets, no greater than MAX(apr_size_t), and more granular
- * than that in case the brigade code/filters attempt to read it directly.
- * ### 16mb is an invention, no idea if it is reasonable.
- */
-#define AP_MAX_SENDFILE 16777216 /* 2^24 */
-
-/**
- * Special Apache error codes. These are basically used
- * in http_main.c so we can keep track of various errors.
- *
- */
-/** a normal exit */
-#define APEXIT_OK 0x0
-/** A fatal error arising during the server's init sequence */
-#define APEXIT_INIT 0x2
-/** The child died during its init sequence */
-#define APEXIT_CHILDINIT 0x3
-/**
- * The child exited due to a resource shortage.
- * The parent should limit the rate of forking until
- * the situation is resolved.
- */
-#define APEXIT_CHILDSICK 0x7
-/**
- * A fatal error, resulting in the whole server aborting.
- * If a child exits with this error, the parent process
- * considers this a server-wide fatal error and aborts.
- */
-#define APEXIT_CHILDFATAL 0xf
-
-#ifndef AP_DECLARE
-/**
- * Stuff marked #AP_DECLARE is part of the API, and intended for use
- * by modules. Its purpose is to allow us to add attributes that
- * particular platforms or compilers require to every exported function.
- */
-# define AP_DECLARE(type) type
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AP_DECLARE_NONSTD
-/**
- * Stuff marked #AP_DECLARE_NONSTD is part of the API, and intended for
- * use by modules. The difference between #AP_DECLARE and
- * #AP_DECLARE_NONSTD is that the latter is required for any functions
- * which use varargs or are used via indirect function call. This
- * is to accomodate the two calling conventions in windows dlls.
- */
-# define AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-#endif
-#ifndef AP_DECLARE_DATA
-# define AP_DECLARE_DATA
-#endif
-
-#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE
-# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE(type) type
-#endif
-#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD
-# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-#endif
-#ifndef AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
-# define AP_MODULE_DECLARE_DATA
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @internal
- * modules should not used functions marked AP_CORE_DECLARE
- */
-#ifndef AP_CORE_DECLARE
-# define AP_CORE_DECLARE AP_DECLARE
-#endif
-/**
- * @internal
- * modules should not used functions marked AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD
-# define AP_CORE_DECLARE_NONSTD AP_DECLARE_NONSTD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The numeric version information is broken out into fields within this
- * structure.
- */
-typedef struct {
- int major; /**< major number */
- int minor; /**< minor number */
- int patch; /**< patch number */
- const char *add_string; /**< additional string like "-dev" */
-} ap_version_t;
-
-/**
- * Return httpd's version information in a numeric form.
- *
- * @param version Pointer to a version structure for returning the version
- * information.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_get_server_revision(ap_version_t *version);
-
-/**
- * Get the server version string
- * @return The server version string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_version(void);
-
-/**
- * Add a component to the version string
- * @param pconf The pool to allocate the component from
- * @param component The string to add
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_version_component(apr_pool_t *pconf, const char *component);
-
-/**
- * Get the date a time that the server was built
- * @return The server build time string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_get_server_built(void);
-
-#define DECLINED -1 /**< Module declines to handle */
-#define DONE -2 /**< Module has served the response completely
- * - it's safe to die() with no more output
- */
-#define OK 0 /**< Module has handled this stage. */
-
-
-/**
- * @defgroup HTTP_Status HTTP Status Codes
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * The size of the static array in http_protocol.c for storing
- * all of the potential response status-lines (a sparse table).
- * A future version should dynamically generate the apr_table_t at startup.
- */
-#define RESPONSE_CODES 57
-
-#define HTTP_CONTINUE 100
-#define HTTP_SWITCHING_PROTOCOLS 101
-#define HTTP_PROCESSING 102
-#define HTTP_OK 200
-#define HTTP_CREATED 201
-#define HTTP_ACCEPTED 202
-#define HTTP_NON_AUTHORITATIVE 203
-#define HTTP_NO_CONTENT 204
-#define HTTP_RESET_CONTENT 205
-#define HTTP_PARTIAL_CONTENT 206
-#define HTTP_MULTI_STATUS 207
-#define HTTP_MULTIPLE_CHOICES 300
-#define HTTP_MOVED_PERMANENTLY 301
-#define HTTP_MOVED_TEMPORARILY 302
-#define HTTP_SEE_OTHER 303
-#define HTTP_NOT_MODIFIED 304
-#define HTTP_USE_PROXY 305
-#define HTTP_TEMPORARY_REDIRECT 307
-#define HTTP_BAD_REQUEST 400
-#define HTTP_UNAUTHORIZED 401
-#define HTTP_PAYMENT_REQUIRED 402
-#define HTTP_FORBIDDEN 403
-#define HTTP_NOT_FOUND 404
-#define HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED 405
-#define HTTP_NOT_ACCEPTABLE 406
-#define HTTP_PROXY_AUTHENTICATION_REQUIRED 407
-#define HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT 408
-#define HTTP_CONFLICT 409
-#define HTTP_GONE 410
-#define HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED 411
-#define HTTP_PRECONDITION_FAILED 412
-#define HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE 413
-#define HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE 414
-#define HTTP_UNSUPPORTED_MEDIA_TYPE 415
-#define HTTP_RANGE_NOT_SATISFIABLE 416
-#define HTTP_EXPECTATION_FAILED 417
-#define HTTP_UNPROCESSABLE_ENTITY 422
-#define HTTP_LOCKED 423
-#define HTTP_FAILED_DEPENDENCY 424
-#define HTTP_UPGRADE_REQUIRED 426
-#define HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR 500
-#define HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED 501
-#define HTTP_BAD_GATEWAY 502
-#define HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE 503
-#define HTTP_GATEWAY_TIME_OUT 504
-#define HTTP_VERSION_NOT_SUPPORTED 505
-#define HTTP_VARIANT_ALSO_VARIES 506
-#define HTTP_INSUFFICIENT_STORAGE 507
-#define HTTP_NOT_EXTENDED 510
-
-/** is the status code informational */
-#define ap_is_HTTP_INFO(x) (((x) >= 100)&&((x) < 200))
-/** is the status code OK ?*/
-#define ap_is_HTTP_SUCCESS(x) (((x) >= 200)&&((x) < 300))
-/** is the status code a redirect */
-#define ap_is_HTTP_REDIRECT(x) (((x) >= 300)&&((x) < 400))
-/** is the status code a error (client or server) */
-#define ap_is_HTTP_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 400)&&((x) < 600))
-/** is the status code a client error */
-#define ap_is_HTTP_CLIENT_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 400)&&((x) < 500))
-/** is the status code a server error */
-#define ap_is_HTTP_SERVER_ERROR(x) (((x) >= 500)&&((x) < 600))
-
-/** should the status code drop the connection */
-#define ap_status_drops_connection(x) \
- (((x) == HTTP_BAD_REQUEST) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_TIME_OUT) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_LENGTH_REQUIRED) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_ENTITY_TOO_LARGE) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_REQUEST_URI_TOO_LARGE) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_SERVICE_UNAVAILABLE) || \
- ((x) == HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED))
-/** @} */
-/**
- * @defgroup Methods List of Methods recognized by the server
- * @{
- */
-/**
- * Methods recognized (but not necessarily handled) by the server.
- * These constants are used in bit shifting masks of size int, so it is
- * unsafe to have more methods than bits in an int. HEAD == M_GET.
- * This list must be tracked by the list in http_protocol.c in routine
- * ap_method_name_of().
- */
-#define M_GET 0 /* RFC 2616: HTTP */
-#define M_PUT 1 /* : */
-#define M_POST 2
-#define M_DELETE 3
-#define M_CONNECT 4
-#define M_OPTIONS 5
-#define M_TRACE 6 /* RFC 2616: HTTP */
-#define M_PATCH 7 /* no rfc(!) ### remove this one? */
-#define M_PROPFIND 8 /* RFC 2518: WebDAV */
-#define M_PROPPATCH 9 /* : */
-#define M_MKCOL 10
-#define M_COPY 11
-#define M_MOVE 12
-#define M_LOCK 13
-#define M_UNLOCK 14 /* RFC 2518: WebDAV */
-#define M_VERSION_CONTROL 15 /* RFC 3253: WebDAV Versioning */
-#define M_CHECKOUT 16 /* : */
-#define M_UNCHECKOUT 17
-#define M_CHECKIN 18
-#define M_UPDATE 19
-#define M_LABEL 20
-#define M_REPORT 21
-#define M_MKWORKSPACE 22
-#define M_MKACTIVITY 23
-#define M_BASELINE_CONTROL 24
-#define M_MERGE 25
-#define M_INVALID 26 /* RFC 3253: WebDAV Versioning */
-
-/**
- * METHODS needs to be equal to the number of bits
- * we are using for limit masks.
- */
-#define METHODS 64
-
-/**
- * The method mask bit to shift for anding with a bitmask.
- */
-#define AP_METHOD_BIT ((apr_int64_t)1)
-/** @} */
-
-
-/**
- * Structure for handling HTTP methods. Methods known to the server are
- * accessed via a bitmask shortcut; extension methods are handled by
- * an array.
- */
-typedef struct ap_method_list_t ap_method_list_t;
-struct ap_method_list_t {
- /* The bitmask used for known methods */
- apr_int64_t method_mask;
- /* the array used for extension methods */
- apr_array_header_t *method_list;
-};
-/**
- * @defgroup module_magic Module Magic mime types
- * @{
- */
-/** Magic for mod_cgi[d] */
-#define CGI_MAGIC_TYPE "application/x-httpd-cgi"
-/** Magic for mod_include */
-#define INCLUDES_MAGIC_TYPE "text/x-server-parsed-html"
-/** Magic for mod_include */
-#define INCLUDES_MAGIC_TYPE3 "text/x-server-parsed-html3"
-/** Magic for mod_dir */
-#define DIR_MAGIC_TYPE "httpd/unix-directory"
-
-/** @} */
-/* Just in case your linefeed isn't the one the other end is expecting. */
-#if !APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
-/** linefeed */
-#define LF 10
-/** carrige return */
-#define CR 13
-/** carrige return /Line Feed Combo */
-#define CRLF "\015\012"
-#else /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
-/* For platforms using the EBCDIC charset, the transition ASCII->EBCDIC is done
- * in the buff package (bread/bputs/bwrite). Everywhere else, we use
- * "native EBCDIC" CR and NL characters. These are therefore
- * defined as
- * '\r' and '\n'.
- */
-#define CR '\r'
-#define LF '\n'
-#define CRLF "\r\n"
-#endif /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup values_request_rec_body Possible values for request_rec.read_body
- * @{
- * Possible values for request_rec.read_body (set by handling module):
- */
-
-/** Send 413 error if message has any body */
-#define REQUEST_NO_BODY 0
-/** Send 411 error if body without Content-Length */
-#define REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR 1
-/** If chunked, remove the chunks for me. */
-#define REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK 2
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * @defgroup values_request_rec_used_path_info Possible values for request_rec.used_path_info
- * @{
- * Possible values for request_rec.used_path_info:
- */
-
-/** Accept the path_info from the request */
-#define AP_REQ_ACCEPT_PATH_INFO 0
-/** Return a 404 error if path_info was given */
-#define AP_REQ_REJECT_PATH_INFO 1
-/** Module may chose to use the given path_info */
-#define AP_REQ_DEFAULT_PATH_INFO 2
-/** @} */
-
-/*
- * Things which may vary per file-lookup WITHIN a request ---
- * e.g., state of MIME config. Basically, the name of an object, info
- * about the object, and any other info we may ahve which may need to
- * change as we go poking around looking for it (e.g., overridden by
- * .htaccess files).
- *
- * Note how the default state of almost all these things is properly
- * zero, so that allocating it with pcalloc does the right thing without
- * a whole lot of hairy initialization... so long as we are willing to
- * make the (fairly) portable assumption that the bit pattern of a NULL
- * pointer is, in fact, zero.
- */
-
-/**
- * This represents the result of calling htaccess; these are cached for
- * each request.
- */
-struct htaccess_result {
- /** the directory to which this applies */
- const char *dir;
- /** the overrides allowed for the .htaccess file */
- int override;
- /** the configuration directives */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *htaccess;
- /** the next one, or NULL if no more; N.B. never change this */
- const struct htaccess_result *next;
-};
-
-/* The following four types define a hierarchy of activities, so that
- * given a request_rec r you can write r->connection->server->process
- * to get to the process_rec. While this reduces substantially the
- * number of arguments that various hooks require beware that in
- * threaded versions of the server you must consider multiplexing
- * issues. */
-
-
-/** A structure that represents one process */
-typedef struct process_rec process_rec;
-/** A structure that represents a virtual server */
-typedef struct server_rec server_rec;
-/** A structure that represents one connection */
-typedef struct conn_rec conn_rec;
-/** A structure that represents the current request */
-typedef struct request_rec request_rec;
-
-/* ### would be nice to not include this from httpd.h ... */
-/* This comes after we have defined the request_rec type */
-#include "apr_uri.h"
-
-/** A structure that represents one process */
-struct process_rec {
- /** Global pool. Cleared upon normal exit */
- apr_pool_t *pool;
- /** Configuration pool. Cleared upon restart */
- apr_pool_t *pconf;
- /** Number of command line arguments passed to the program */
- int argc;
- /** The command line arguments */
- const char * const *argv;
- /** The program name used to execute the program */
- const char *short_name;
-};
-
-/** A structure that represents the current request */
-struct request_rec {
- /** The pool associated with the request */
- apr_pool_t *pool;
- /** The connection to the client */
- conn_rec *connection;
- /** The virtual host for this request */
- server_rec *server;
-
- /** Pointer to the redirected request if this is an external redirect */
- request_rec *next;
- /** Pointer to the previous request if this is an internal redirect */
- request_rec *prev;
-
- /** Pointer to the main request if this is a sub-request
- * (see http_request.h) */
- request_rec *main;
-
- /* Info about the request itself... we begin with stuff that only
- * protocol.c should ever touch...
- */
- /** First line of request */
- char *the_request;
- /** HTTP/0.9, "simple" request (e.g. GET /foo\n w/no headers) */
- int assbackwards;
- /** A proxy request (calculated during post_read_request/translate_name)
- * possible values PROXYREQ_NONE, PROXYREQ_PROXY, PROXYREQ_REVERSE,
- * PROXYREQ_RESPONSE
- */
- int proxyreq;
- /** HEAD request, as opposed to GET */
- int header_only;
- /** Protocol string, as given to us, or HTTP/0.9 */
- char *protocol;
- /** Protocol version number of protocol; 1.1 = 1001 */
- int proto_num;
- /** Host, as set by full URI or Host: */
- const char *hostname;
-
- /** Time when the request started */
- apr_time_t request_time;
-
- /** Status line, if set by script */
- const char *status_line;
- /** Status line */
- int status;
-
- /* Request method, two ways; also, protocol, etc.. Outside of protocol.c,
- * look, but don't touch.
- */
-
- /** Request method (eg. GET, HEAD, POST, etc.) */
- const char *method;
- /** M_GET, M_POST, etc. */
- int method_number;
-
- /**
- * 'allowed' is a bitvector of the allowed methods.
- *
- * A handler must ensure that the request method is one that
- * it is capable of handling. Generally modules should DECLINE
- * any request methods they do not handle. Prior to aborting the
- * handler like this the handler should set r->allowed to the list
- * of methods that it is willing to handle. This bitvector is used
- * to construct the "Allow:" header required for OPTIONS requests,
- * and HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED and HTTP_NOT_IMPLEMENTED status codes.
- *
- * Since the default_handler deals with OPTIONS, all modules can
- * usually decline to deal with OPTIONS. TRACE is always allowed,
- * modules don't need to set it explicitly.
- *
- * Since the default_handler will always handle a GET, a
- * module which does *not* implement GET should probably return
- * HTTP_METHOD_NOT_ALLOWED. Unfortunately this means that a Script GET
- * handler can't be installed by mod_actions.
- */
- apr_int64_t allowed;
- /** Array of extension methods */
- apr_array_header_t *allowed_xmethods;
- /** List of allowed methods */
- ap_method_list_t *allowed_methods;
-
- /** byte count in stream is for body */
- apr_off_t sent_bodyct;
- /** body byte count, for easy access */
- apr_off_t bytes_sent;
- /** Last modified time of the requested resource */
- apr_time_t mtime;
-
- /* HTTP/1.1 connection-level features */
-
- /** sending chunked transfer-coding */
- int chunked;
- /** The Range: header */
- const char *range;
- /** The "real" content length */
- apr_off_t clength;
-
- /** Remaining bytes left to read from the request body */
- apr_off_t remaining;
- /** Number of bytes that have been read from the request body */
- apr_off_t read_length;
- /** Method for reading the request body
- * (eg. REQUEST_CHUNKED_ERROR, REQUEST_NO_BODY,
- * REQUEST_CHUNKED_DECHUNK, etc...) */
- int read_body;
- /** reading chunked transfer-coding */
- int read_chunked;
- /** is client waiting for a 100 response? */
- unsigned expecting_100;
-
- /* MIME header environments, in and out. Also, an array containing
- * environment variables to be passed to subprocesses, so people can
- * write modules to add to that environment.
- *
- * The difference between headers_out and err_headers_out is that the
- * latter are printed even on error, and persist across internal redirects
- * (so the headers printed for ErrorDocument handlers will have them).
- *
- * The 'notes' apr_table_t is for notes from one module to another, with no
- * other set purpose in mind...
- */
-
- /** MIME header environment from the request */
- apr_table_t *headers_in;
- /** MIME header environment for the response */
- apr_table_t *headers_out;
- /** MIME header environment for the response, printed even on errors and
- * persist across internal redirects */
- apr_table_t *err_headers_out;
- /** Array of environment variables to be used for sub processes */
- apr_table_t *subprocess_env;
- /** Notes from one module to another */
- apr_table_t *notes;
-
- /* content_type, handler, content_encoding, and all content_languages
- * MUST be lowercased strings. They may be pointers to static strings;
- * they should not be modified in place.
- */
- /** The content-type for the current request */
- const char *content_type; /* Break these out --- we dispatch on 'em */
- /** The handler string that we use to call a handler function */
- const char *handler; /* What we *really* dispatch on */
-
- /** How to encode the data */
- const char *content_encoding;
- /** Array of strings representing the content languages */
- apr_array_header_t *content_languages;
-
- /** variant list validator (if negotiated) */
- char *vlist_validator;
-
- /** If an authentication check was made, this gets set to the user name. */
- char *user;
- /** If an authentication check was made, this gets set to the auth type. */
- char *ap_auth_type;
-
- /** This response can not be cached */
- int no_cache;
- /** There is no local copy of this response */
- int no_local_copy;
-
- /* What object is being requested (either directly, or via include
- * or content-negotiation mapping).
- */
-
- /** The URI without any parsing performed */
- char *unparsed_uri;
- /** The path portion of the URI, or "/" if no path provided */
- char *uri;
- /** The filename on disk corresponding to this response */
- char *filename;
- /* XXX: What does this mean? Please define "canonicalize" -aaron */
- /** The true filename, we canonicalize r->filename if these don't match */
- char *canonical_filename;
- /** The PATH_INFO extracted from this request */
- char *path_info;
- /** The QUERY_ARGS extracted from this request */
- char *args;
- /** finfo.protection (st_mode) set to zero if no such file */
- apr_finfo_t finfo;
- /** A struct containing the components of URI */
- apr_uri_t parsed_uri;
-
- /**
- * Flag for the handler to accept or reject path_info on
- * the current request. All modules should respect the
- * AP_REQ_ACCEPT_PATH_INFO and AP_REQ_REJECT_PATH_INFO
- * values, while AP_REQ_DEFAULT_PATH_INFO indicates they
- * may follow existing conventions. This is set to the
- * user's preference upon HOOK_VERY_FIRST of the fixups.
- */
- int used_path_info;
-
- /* Various other config info which may change with .htaccess files
- * These are config vectors, with one void* pointer for each module
- * (the thing pointed to being the module's business).
- */
-
- /** Options set in config files, etc. */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *per_dir_config;
- /** Notes on *this* request */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *request_config;
-
- /**
- * A linked list of the .htaccess configuration directives
- * accessed by this request.
- * N.B. always add to the head of the list, _never_ to the end.
- * that way, a sub request's list can (temporarily) point to a parent's list
- */
- const struct htaccess_result *htaccess;
-
- /** A list of output filters to be used for this request */
- struct ap_filter_t *output_filters;
- /** A list of input filters to be used for this request */
- struct ap_filter_t *input_filters;
-
- /** A list of protocol level output filters to be used for this
- * request */
- struct ap_filter_t *proto_output_filters;
- /** A list of protocol level input filters to be used for this
- * request */
- struct ap_filter_t *proto_input_filters;
-
- /** A flag to determine if the eos bucket has been sent yet */
- int eos_sent;
-
-/* Things placed at the end of the record to avoid breaking binary
- * compatibility. It would be nice to remember to reorder the entire
- * record to improve 64bit alignment the next time we need to break
- * binary compatibility for some other reason.
- */
-};
-
-/**
- * @defgroup ProxyReq Proxy request types
- *
- * Possible values of request_rec->proxyreq. A request could be normal,
- * proxied or reverse proxied. Normally proxied and reverse proxied are
- * grouped together as just "proxied", but sometimes it's necessary to
- * tell the difference between the two, such as for authentication.
- * @{
- */
-
-#define PROXYREQ_NONE 0 /**< No proxy */
-#define PROXYREQ_PROXY 1 /**< Standard proxy */
-#define PROXYREQ_REVERSE 2 /**< Reverse proxy */
-#define PROXYREQ_RESPONSE 3 /**< Origin response */
-
-/* @} */
-
-typedef enum {
- AP_CONN_UNKNOWN,
- AP_CONN_CLOSE,
- AP_CONN_KEEPALIVE
-} ap_conn_keepalive_e;
-
-/** Structure to store things which are per connection */
-struct conn_rec {
- /** Pool associated with this connection */
- apr_pool_t *pool;
- /** Physical vhost this conn came in on */
- server_rec *base_server;
- /** used by http_vhost.c */
- void *vhost_lookup_data;
-
- /* Information about the connection itself */
- /** local address */
- apr_sockaddr_t *local_addr;
- /** remote address */
- apr_sockaddr_t *remote_addr;
-
- /** Client's IP address */
- char *remote_ip;
- /** Client's DNS name, if known. NULL if DNS hasn't been checked,
- * "" if it has and no address was found. N.B. Only access this though
- * get_remote_host() */
- char *remote_host;
- /** Only ever set if doing rfc1413 lookups. N.B. Only access this through
- * get_remote_logname() */
- char *remote_logname;
-
- /** Are we still talking? */
- unsigned aborted:1;
-
- /** Are we going to keep the connection alive for another request?
- * @see ap_conn_keepalive_e */
- ap_conn_keepalive_e keepalive;
-
- /** have we done double-reverse DNS? -1 yes/failure, 0 not yet,
- * 1 yes/success */
- signed int double_reverse:2;
-
- /** How many times have we used it? */
- int keepalives;
- /** server IP address */
- char *local_ip;
- /** used for ap_get_server_name when UseCanonicalName is set to DNS
- * (ignores setting of HostnameLookups) */
- char *local_host;
-
- /** ID of this connection; unique at any point in time */
- long id;
- /** Config vector containing pointers to connections per-server
- * config structures. */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *conn_config;
- /** Notes on *this* connection: send note from one module to
- * another. must remain valid for all requests on this conn */
- apr_table_t *notes;
- /** A list of input filters to be used for this connection */
- struct ap_filter_t *input_filters;
- /** A list of output filters to be used for this connection */
- struct ap_filter_t *output_filters;
- /** handle to scoreboard information for this connection */
- void *sbh;
- /** The bucket allocator to use for all bucket/brigade creations */
- struct apr_bucket_alloc_t *bucket_alloc;
-};
-
-/* Per-vhost config... */
-
-/**
- * The address 255.255.255.255, when used as a virtualhost address,
- * will become the "default" server when the ip doesn't match other vhosts.
- */
-#define DEFAULT_VHOST_ADDR 0xfffffffful
-
-
-/** A structure to be used for Per-vhost config */
-typedef struct server_addr_rec server_addr_rec;
-struct server_addr_rec {
- /** The next server in the list */
- server_addr_rec *next;
- /** The bound address, for this server */
- apr_sockaddr_t *host_addr;
- /** The bound port, for this server */
- apr_port_t host_port;
- /** The name given in <VirtualHost> */
- char *virthost;
-};
-
-/** A structure to store information for each virtual server */
-struct server_rec {
- /** The process this server is running in */
- process_rec *process;
- /** The next server in the list */
- server_rec *next;
-
- /** The name of the server */
- const char *defn_name;
- /** The line of the config file that the server was defined on */
- unsigned defn_line_number;
-
- /* Contact information */
-
- /** The admin's contact information */
- char *server_admin;
- /** The server hostname */
- char *server_hostname;
- /** for redirects, etc. */
- apr_port_t port;
-
- /* Log files --- note that transfer log is now in the modules... */
-
- /** The name of the error log */
- char *error_fname;
- /** A file descriptor that references the error log */
- apr_file_t *error_log;
- /** The log level for this server */
- int loglevel;
-
- /* Module-specific configuration for server, and defaults... */
-
- /** true if this is the virtual server */
- int is_virtual;
- /** Config vector containing pointers to modules' per-server config
- * structures. */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *module_config;
- /** MIME type info, etc., before we start checking per-directory info */
- struct ap_conf_vector_t *lookup_defaults;
-
- /* Transaction handling */
-
- /** I haven't got a clue */
- server_addr_rec *addrs;
- /** Timeout, as an apr interval, before we give up */
- apr_interval_time_t timeout;
- /** The apr interval we will wait for another request */
- apr_interval_time_t keep_alive_timeout;
- /** Maximum requests per connection */
- int keep_alive_max;
- /** Use persistent connections? */
- int keep_alive;
-
- /** Pathname for ServerPath */
- const char *path;
- /** Length of path */
- int pathlen;
-
- /** Normal names for ServerAlias servers */
- apr_array_header_t *names;
- /** Wildcarded names for ServerAlias servers */
- apr_array_header_t *wild_names;
-
- /** limit on size of the HTTP request line */
- int limit_req_line;
- /** limit on size of any request header field */
- int limit_req_fieldsize;
- /** limit on number of request header fields */
- int limit_req_fields;
-};
-
-typedef struct core_output_filter_ctx {
- apr_bucket_brigade *b;
- apr_pool_t *deferred_write_pool; /* subpool of c->pool used for resources
- * which may outlive the request
- */
-} core_output_filter_ctx_t;
-
-typedef struct core_filter_ctx {
- apr_bucket_brigade *b;
- apr_bucket_brigade *tmpbb;
-} core_ctx_t;
-
-typedef struct core_net_rec {
- /** Connection to the client */
- apr_socket_t *client_socket;
-
- /** connection record */
- conn_rec *c;
-
- core_output_filter_ctx_t *out_ctx;
- core_ctx_t *in_ctx;
-} core_net_rec;
-
-/**
- * Examine a field value (such as a media-/content-type) string and return
- * it sans any parameters; e.g., strip off any ';charset=foo' and the like.
- * @param p Pool to allocate memory from
- * @param intype The field to examine
- * @return A copy of the field minus any parameters
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_field_noparam(apr_pool_t *p, const char *intype);
-
-/**
- * Convert a time from an integer into a string in a specified format
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param t The time to convert
- * @param fmt The format to use for the conversion
- * @param gmt Convert the time for GMT?
- * @return The string that represents the specified time
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_ht_time(apr_pool_t *p, apr_time_t t, const char *fmt, int gmt);
-
-/* String handling. The *_nc variants allow you to use non-const char **s as
- arguments (unfortunately C won't automatically convert a char ** to a const
- char **) */
-
-/**
- * Get the characters until the first occurance of a specified character
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param line The string to get the characters from
- * @param stop The character to stop at
- * @return A copy of the characters up to the first stop character
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line, char stop);
-/**
- * Get the characters until the first occurance of a specified character
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param line The string to get the characters from
- * @param stop The character to stop at
- * @return A copy of the characters up to the first stop character
- * @note This is the same as ap_getword(), except it doesn't use const char **.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line, char stop);
-
-/**
- * Get the first word from a given string. A word is defined as all characters
- * up to the first whitespace.
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param line The string to traverse
- * @return The first word in the line
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_white(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);
-/**
- * Get the first word from a given string. A word is defined as all characters
- * up to the first whitespace.
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param line The string to traverse
- * @return The first word in the line
- * @note The same as ap_getword_white(), except it doesn't use const char **.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_white_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);
-
-/**
- * Get all characters from the first occurance of @a stop to the first '\0'
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param line The line to traverse
- * @param stop The character to start at
- * @return A copy of all caracters after the first occurance of the specified
- * character
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nulls(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line,
- char stop);
-/**
- * Get all characters from the first occurance of @a stop to the first '\0'
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param line The line to traverse
- * @param stop The character to start at
- * @return A copy of all caracters after the first occurance of the specified
- * character
- * @note The same as ap_getword_nulls(), except it doesn't use const char **.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_nulls_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line, char stop);
-
-/**
- * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param line The line to traverse
- * @return A copy of the string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf(apr_pool_t *p, const char **line);
-/**
- * Get the second word in the string paying attention to quoting
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param line The line to traverse
- * @return A copy of the string
- * @note The same as ap_getword_conf(), except it doesn't use const char **.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_getword_conf_nc(apr_pool_t *p, char **line);
-
-/**
- * Check a string for any ${ENV} environment variable construct and replace
- * each them by the value of that environment variable, if it exists. If the
- * environment value does not exist, leave the ${ENV} construct alone; it
- * means something else.
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param word The string to check
- * @return The string with the replaced environment variables
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_resolve_env(apr_pool_t *p, const char * word);
-
-/**
- * Size an HTTP header field list item, as separated by a comma.
- * @param field The field to size
- * @param len The length of the field
- * @return The return value is a pointer to the beginning of the non-empty
- * list item within the original string (or NULL if there is none) and the
- * address of field is shifted to the next non-comma, non-whitespace
- * character. len is the length of the item excluding any beginning whitespace.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_size_list_item(const char **field, int *len);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve an HTTP header field list item, as separated by a comma,
- * while stripping insignificant whitespace and lowercasing anything not in
- * a quoted string or comment.
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param field The field to retrieve
- * @return The return value is a new string containing the converted list
- * item (or NULL if none) and the address pointed to by field is
- * shifted to the next non-comma, non-whitespace.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_list_item(apr_pool_t *p, const char **field);
-
-/**
- * Find an item in canonical form (lowercase, no extra spaces) within
- * an HTTP field value list.
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param line The field value list to search
- * @param tok The token to search for
- * @return 1 if found, 0 if not found.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_list_item(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
-
-/**
- * Retrieve a token, spacing over it and returning a pointer to
- * the first non-white byte afterwards. Note that these tokens
- * are delimited by semis and commas and can also be delimited
- * by whitespace at the caller's option.
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param accept_line The line to retrieve the token from
- * @param accept_white Is it delimited by whitespace
- * @return the first non-white byte after the token
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_get_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char **accept_line, int accept_white);
-
-/**
- * Find http tokens, see the definition of token from RFC2068
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param line The line to find the token
- * @param tok The token to find
- * @return 1 if the token is found, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
-
-/**
- * find http tokens from the end of the line
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param line The line to find the token
- * @param tok The token to find
- * @return 1 if the token is found, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_last_token(apr_pool_t *p, const char *line, const char *tok);
-
-/**
- * Check for an Absolute URI syntax
- * @param u The string to check
- * @return 1 if URI, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_url(const char *u);
-
-/**
- * Unescape a URL
- * @param url The url to unescape
- * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url(char *url);
-/**
- * Unescape a URL, but leaving %2f (slashes) escaped
- * @param url The url to unescape
- * @return 0 on success, non-zero otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_unescape_url_keep2f(char *url);
-/**
- * Convert all double slashes to single slashes
- * @param name The string to convert
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_no2slash(char *name);
-
-/**
- * Remove all ./ and xx/../ substrings from a file name. Also remove
- * any leading ../ or /../ substrings.
- * @param name the file name to parse
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_getparents(char *name);
-
-/**
- * Escape a path segment, as defined in RFC 1808
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param s The path to convert
- * @return The converted URL
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_path_segment(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
-/**
- * convert an OS path to a URL in an OS dependant way.
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param path The path to convert
- * @param partial if set, assume that the path will be appended to something
- * with a '/' in it (and thus does not prefix "./")
- * @return The converted URL
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_os_escape_path(apr_pool_t *p, const char *path, int partial);
-/** @see ap_os_escape_path */
-#define ap_escape_uri(ppool,path) ap_os_escape_path(ppool,path,1)
-
-/**
- * Escape an html string
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param s The html to escape
- * @return The escaped string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_html(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
-
-/**
- * Escape a string for logging
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param str The string to escape
- * @return The escaped string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_logitem(apr_pool_t *p, const char *str);
-
-/**
- * Escape a string for logging into the error log (without a pool)
- * @param dest The buffer to write to
- * @param source The string to escape
- * @param buflen The buffer size for the escaped string (including \0)
- * @return The len of the escaped string (always < maxlen)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_size_t) ap_escape_errorlog_item(char *dest, const char *source,
- apr_size_t buflen);
-
-/**
- * Construct a full hostname
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param hostname The hostname of the server
- * @param port The port the server is running on
- * @param r The current request
- * @return The server's hostname
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_construct_server(apr_pool_t *p, const char *hostname,
- apr_port_t port, const request_rec *r);
-/**
- * Escape a shell command
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param s The command to escape
- * @return The escaped shell command
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_shell_cmd(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
-
-/**
- * Count the number of directories in a path
- * @param path The path to count
- * @return The number of directories
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_count_dirs(const char *path);
-
-/**
- * Copy at most @a n leading directories of @a s into @a d. @a d
- * should be at least as large as @a s plus 1 extra byte
- *
- * @param d The location to copy to
- * @param s The location to copy from
- * @param n The number of directories to copy
- * @return value is the ever useful pointer to the trailing \0 of d
- * @note on platforms with drive letters, n = 0 returns the "/" root,
- * whereas n = 1 returns the "d:/" root. On all other platforms, n = 0
- * returns the empty string. */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_dirstr_prefix(char *d, const char *s, int n);
-
-/**
- * Return the parent directory name (including trailing /) of the file
- * @a s
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param s The file to get the parent of
- * @return A copy of the file's parent directory
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_dirstr_parent(apr_pool_t *p, const char *s);
-
-/**
- * Given a directory and filename, create a single path from them. This
- * function is smart enough to ensure that there is a sinlge '/' between the
- * directory and file names
- * @param a The pool to allocate from
- * @param dir The directory name
- * @param f The filename
- * @return A copy of the full path
- * @tip Never consider using this function if you are dealing with filesystem
- * names that need to remain canonical, unless you are merging an apr_dir_read
- * path and returned filename. Otherwise, the result is not canonical.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_make_full_path(apr_pool_t *a, const char *dir, const char *f);
-
-/**
- * Test if the given path has an an absolute path.
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param dir The directory name
- * @tip The converse is not necessarily true, some OS's (Win32/OS2/Netware) have
- * multiple forms of absolute paths. This only reports if the path is absolute
- * in a canonical sense.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_os_is_path_absolute(apr_pool_t *p, const char *dir);
-
-/**
- * Does the provided string contain wildcard characters? This is useful
- * for determining if the string should be passed to strcmp_match or to strcmp.
- * The only wildcard characters recognized are '?' and '*'
- * @param str The string to check
- * @return 1 if the string has wildcards, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_matchexp(const char *str);
-
-/**
- * Determine if a string matches a patterm containing the wildcards '?' or '*'
- * @param str The string to check
- * @param expected The pattern to match against
- * @return 1 if the two strings match, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_strcmp_match(const char *str, const char *expected);
-/**
- * Determine if a string matches a patterm containing the wildcards '?' or '*',
- * ignoring case
- * @param str The string to check
- * @param expected The pattern to match against
- * @return 1 if the two strings match, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_strcasecmp_match(const char *str, const char *expected);
-
-/**
- * Find the first occurrence of the substring s2 in s1, regardless of case
- * @param s1 The string to search
- * @param s2 The substring to search for
- * @return A pointer to the beginning of the substring
- * @remark See apr_strmatch() for a faster alternative
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strcasestr(const char *s1, const char *s2);
-
-/**
- * Return a pointer to the location inside of bigstring immediately after prefix
- * @param bigstring The input string
- * @param prefix The prefix to strip away
- * @return A pointer relative to bigstring after prefix
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_stripprefix(const char *bigstring,
- const char *prefix);
-
-/**
- * Decode a base64 encoded string into memory allocated from a pool
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param bufcoded The encoded string
- * @return The decoded string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pbase64decode(apr_pool_t *p, const char *bufcoded);
-
-/**
- * Encode a string into memory allocated from a pool in base 64 format
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param strin The plaintext string
- * @return The encoded string
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pbase64encode(apr_pool_t *p, char *string);
-
-
-/**
- * Compile a regular expression to be used later
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param pattern the regular expression to compile
- * @param cflags The bitwise or of one or more of the following:
- * @li #REG_EXTENDED - Use POSIX extended Regular Expressions
- * @li #REG_ICASE - Ignore case
- * @li #REG_NOSUB - Support for substring addressing of matches
- * not required
- * @li #REG_NEWLINE - Match-any-character operators don't match new-line
- * @return The compiled regular expression
- */
-AP_DECLARE(regex_t *) ap_pregcomp(apr_pool_t *p, const char *pattern,
- int cflags);
-
-/**
- * Free the memory associated with a compiled regular expression
- * @param p The pool the regex was allocated from
- * @param reg The regular expression to free
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_pregfree(apr_pool_t *p, regex_t *reg);
-
-/**
- * Match a null-terminated string against a pre-compiled regex.
- * @param preg The pre-compiled regex
- * @param string The string to match
- * @param nmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
- * @param pmatch Provide information regarding the location of any matches
- * @param eflags Bitwise or of any of:
- * @li #REG_NOTBOL - match-beginning-of-line operator always
- * fails to match
- * @li #REG_NOTEOL - match-end-of-line operator always fails to match
- * @return 0 for successful match, #REG_NOMATCH otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_regexec(regex_t *preg, const char *string,
- size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[], int eflags);
-
-/**
- * Return the error code returned by regcomp or regexec into error messages
- * @param errcode the error code returned by regexec or regcomp
- * @param preg The precompiled regex
- * @param errbuf A buffer to store the error in
- * @param errbuf_size The size of the buffer
- */
-AP_DECLARE(size_t) ap_regerror(int errcode, const regex_t *preg,
- char *errbuf, size_t errbuf_size);
-
-/**
- * After performing a successful regex match, you may use this function to
- * perform a series of string substitutions based on subexpressions that were
- * matched during the call to ap_regexec
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param input An arbitrary string containing $1 through $9. These are
- * replaced with the corresponding matched sub-expressions
- * @param source The string that was originally matched to the regex
- * @param nmatch the nmatch returned from ap_pregex
- * @param pmatch the pmatch array returned from ap_pregex
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_pregsub(apr_pool_t *p, const char *input, const char *source,
- size_t nmatch, regmatch_t pmatch[]);
-
-/**
- * We want to downcase the type/subtype for comparison purposes
- * but nothing else because ;parameter=foo values are case sensitive.
- * @param s The content-type to convert to lowercase
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_content_type_tolower(char *s);
-
-/**
- * convert a string to all lowercase
- * @param s The string to convert to lowercase
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_str_tolower(char *s);
-
-/**
- * Search a string from left to right for the first occurrence of a
- * specific character
- * @param str The string to search
- * @param c The character to search for
- * @return The index of the first occurrence of c in str
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_ind(const char *str, char c); /* Sigh... */
-
-/**
- * Search a string from right to left for the first occurrence of a
- * specific character
- * @param str The string to search
- * @param c The character to search for
- * @return The index of the first occurrence of c in str
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_rind(const char *str, char c);
-
-/**
- * Given a string, replace any bare " with \" .
- * @param p The pool to allocate memory from
- * @param instring The string to search for "
- * @return A copy of the string with escaped quotes
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_escape_quotes(apr_pool_t *p, const char *instring);
-
-/* Misc system hackery */
-/**
- * Given the name of an object in the file system determine if it is a directory
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param name The name of the object to check
- * @return 1 if it is a directory, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_rdirectory(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Given the name of an object in the file system determine if it is a directory - this version is symlink aware
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @param name The name of the object to check
- * @return 1 if it is a directory, 0 otherwise
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_is_directory(apr_pool_t *p, const char *name);
-
-#ifdef _OSD_POSIX
-extern const char *os_set_account(apr_pool_t *p, const char *account);
-extern int os_init_job_environment(server_rec *s, const char *user_name, int one_process);
-#endif /* _OSD_POSIX */
-
-/**
- * Determine the local host name for the current machine
- * @param p The pool to allocate from
- * @return A copy of the local host name
- */
-char *ap_get_local_host(apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Log an assertion to the error log
- * @param szExp The assertion that failed
- * @param szFile The file the assertion is in
- * @param nLine The line the assertion is defined on
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_log_assert(const char *szExp, const char *szFile, int nLine)
- __attribute__((noreturn));
-
-/** @internal */
-#define ap_assert(exp) ((exp) ? (void)0 : ap_log_assert(#exp,__FILE__,__LINE__))
-
-/**
- * Redefine assert() to something more useful for an Apache...
- *
- * Use ap_assert() if the condition should always be checked.
- * Use AP_DEBUG_ASSERT() if the condition should only be checked when AP_DEBUG
- * is defined.
- */
-
-#ifdef AP_DEBUG
-#define AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(exp) ap_assert(exp)
-#else
-#define AP_DEBUG_ASSERT(exp) ((void)0)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @defgroup stopsignal flags which indicate places where the sever should stop for debugging.
- * @{
- * A set of flags which indicate places where the server should raise(SIGSTOP).
- * This is useful for debugging, because you can then attach to that process
- * with gdb and continue. This is important in cases where one_process
- * debugging isn't possible.
- */
-/** stop on a Detach */
-#define SIGSTOP_DETACH 1
-/** stop making a child process */
-#define SIGSTOP_MAKE_CHILD 2
-/** stop spawning a child process */
-#define SIGSTOP_SPAWN_CHILD 4
-/** stop spawning a child process with a piped log */
-#define SIGSTOP_PIPED_LOG_SPAWN 8
-/** stop spawning a CGI child process */
-#define SIGSTOP_CGI_CHILD 16
-
-/** Macro to get GDB started */
-#ifdef DEBUG_SIGSTOP
-extern int raise_sigstop_flags;
-#define RAISE_SIGSTOP(x) do { \
- if (raise_sigstop_flags & SIGSTOP_##x) raise(SIGSTOP);\
- } while (0)
-#else
-#define RAISE_SIGSTOP(x)
-#endif
-/** @} */
-/**
- * Get HTML describing the address and (optionally) admin of the server.
- * @param prefix Text which is prepended to the return value
- * @param r The request_rec
- * @return HTML describing the server, allocated in @a r's pool.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_psignature(const char *prefix, request_rec *r);
-
-/** strtoul does not exist on sunos4. */
-#ifdef strtoul
-#undef strtoul
-#endif
-#define strtoul strtoul_is_not_a_portable_function_use_strtol_instead
-
- /* The C library has functions that allow const to be silently dropped ...
- these macros detect the drop in maintainer mode, but use the native
- methods for normal builds
-
- Note that on some platforms (e.g., AIX with gcc, Solaris with gcc), string.h needs
- to be included before the macros are defined or compilation will fail.
- */
-#include <string.h>
-
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strchr(char *s, int c);
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strchr_c(const char *s, int c);
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strrchr(char *s, int c);
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strrchr_c(const char *s, int c);
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_strstr(char *s, const char *c);
-AP_DECLARE(const char *) ap_strstr_c(const char *s, const char *c);
-
-#ifdef AP_DEBUG
-
-#undef strchr
-# define strchr(s, c) ap_strchr(s,c)
-#undef strrchr
-# define strrchr(s, c) ap_strrchr(s,c)
-#undef strstr
-# define strstr(s, c) ap_strstr(s,c)
-
-#else
-
-/** use this instead of strchr */
-# define ap_strchr(s, c) strchr(s, c)
-/** use this instead of strchr */
-# define ap_strchr_c(s, c) strchr(s, c)
-/** use this instead of strrchr */
-# define ap_strrchr(s, c) strrchr(s, c)
-/** use this instead of strrchr */
-# define ap_strrchr_c(s, c) strrchr(s, c)
-/** use this instead of strrstr*/
-# define ap_strstr(s, c) strstr(s, c)
-/** use this instead of strrstr*/
-# define ap_strstr_c(s, c) strstr(s, c)
-
-#endif
-
-#define AP_NORESTART APR_OS_START_USEERR + 1
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_HTTPD_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/mpm_common.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/mpm_common.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 68ead5f7..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/mpm_common.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,298 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-/* The purpose of this file is to store the code that MOST mpm's will need
- * this does not mean a function only goes into this file if every MPM needs
- * it. It means that if a function is needed by more than one MPM, and
- * future maintenance would be served by making the code common, then the
- * function belongs here.
- *
- * This is going in src/main because it is not platform specific, it is
- * specific to multi-process servers, but NOT to Unix. Which is why it
- * does not belong in src/os/unix
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H
-#define APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H
-
-#include "ap_config.h"
-
-#if APR_HAVE_NETINET_TCP_H
-#include <netinet/tcp.h> /* for TCP_NODELAY */
-#endif
-
-#include "mpm.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Multi-Processing Modules functions
- */
-
-/* The maximum length of the queue of pending connections, as defined
- * by listen(2). Under some systems, it should be increased if you
- * are experiencing a heavy TCP SYN flood attack.
- *
- * It defaults to 511 instead of 512 because some systems store it
- * as an 8-bit datatype; 512 truncated to 8-bits is 0, while 511 is
- * 255 when truncated.
- */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_LISTENBACKLOG
-#define DEFAULT_LISTENBACKLOG 511
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Make sure all child processes that have been spawned by the parent process
- * have died. This includes process registered as "other_children".
- * @warning This is only defined if the MPM defines
- * AP_MPM_WANT_RECLAIM_CHILD_PROCESSES
- * @param terminate Either 1 or 0. If 1, send the child processes SIGTERM
- * each time through the loop. If 0, give the process time to die
- * on its own before signalling it.
- * @tip This function requires that some macros are defined by the MPM: <pre>
- * MPM_CHILD_PID -- Get the pid from the specified spot in the scoreboard
- * MPM_NOTE_CHILD_KILLED -- Note the child died in the scoreboard
- * </pre>
- * @tip The MPM child processes which are reclaimed are those listed
- * in the scoreboard as well as those currently registered via
- * ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_RECLAIM_CHILD_PROCESSES
-void ap_reclaim_child_processes(int terminate);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Tell ap_reclaim_child_processes() about an MPM child process which has no
- * entry in the scoreboard.
- * @warning This is only defined if the MPM defines
- * AP_MPM_WANT_RECLAIM_CHILD_PROCESSES
- * @param pid The process id of an MPM child process which should be
- * reclaimed when ap_reclaim_child_processes() is called.
- * @tip If an extra MPM child process terminates prior to calling
- * ap_reclaim_child_processes(), remove it from the list of such processes
- * by calling ap_unregister_extra_mpm_process().
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_RECLAIM_CHILD_PROCESSES
-void ap_register_extra_mpm_process(pid_t pid);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Unregister an MPM child process which was previously registered by a
- * call to ap_register_extra_mpm_process().
- * @warning This is only defined if the MPM defines
- * AP_MPM_WANT_RECLAIM_CHILD_PROCESSES
- * @param pid The process id of an MPM child process which no longer needs to
- * be reclaimed.
- * @return 1 if the process was found and removed, 0 otherwise
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_RECLAIM_CHILD_PROCESSES
-int ap_unregister_extra_mpm_process(pid_t pid);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Determine if any child process has died. If no child process died, then
- * this process sleeps for the amount of time specified by the MPM defined
- * macro SCOREBOARD_MAINTENANCE_INTERVAL.
- * @param status The return code if a process has died
- * @param ret The process id of the process that died
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_WAIT_OR_TIMEOUT
-void ap_wait_or_timeout(apr_exit_why_e *status, int *exitcode, apr_proc_t *ret,
- apr_pool_t *p);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Log why a child died to the error log, if the child died without the
- * parent signalling it.
- * @param pid The child that has died
- * @param status The status returned from ap_wait_or_timeout
- * @return 0 on success, APEXIT_CHILDFATAL if MPM should terminate
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_PROCESS_CHILD_STATUS
-int ap_process_child_status(apr_proc_t *pid, apr_exit_why_e why, int status);
-#endif
-
-#if defined(TCP_NODELAY) && !defined(MPE) && !defined(TPF)
-/**
- * Turn off the nagle algorithm for the specified socket. The nagle algorithm
- * says that we should delay sending partial packets in the hopes of getting
- * more data. There are bad interactions between persistent connections and
- * Nagle's algorithm that have severe performance penalties.
- * @param s The socket to disable nagle for.
- */
-void ap_sock_disable_nagle(apr_socket_t *s);
-#else
-#define ap_sock_disable_nagle(s) /* NOOP */
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETPWNAM
-/**
- * Convert a username to a numeric ID
- * @param name The name to convert
- * @return The user id corresponding to a name
- * @deffunc uid_t ap_uname2id(const char *name)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(uid_t) ap_uname2id(const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_GETGRNAM
-/**
- * Convert a group name to a numeric ID
- * @param name The name to convert
- * @return The group id corresponding to a name
- * @deffunc gid_t ap_gname2id(const char *name)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(gid_t) ap_gname2id(const char *name);
-#endif
-
-#define AP_MPM_HARD_LIMITS_FILE APACHE_MPM_DIR "/mpm_default.h"
-
-#ifdef AP_MPM_USES_POD
-
-typedef struct ap_pod_t ap_pod_t;
-
-struct ap_pod_t {
- apr_file_t *pod_in;
- apr_file_t *pod_out;
- apr_pool_t *p;
- apr_sockaddr_t *sa;
-};
-
-/**
- * Open the pipe-of-death. The pipe of death is used to tell all child
- * processes that it is time to die gracefully.
- * @param p The pool to use for allocating the pipe
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_open(apr_pool_t *p, ap_pod_t **pod);
-
-/**
- * Check the pipe to determine if the process has been signalled to die.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_check(ap_pod_t *pod);
-
-/**
- * Close the pipe-of-death
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_close(ap_pod_t *pod);
-
-/**
- * Write data to the pipe-of-death, signalling that one child process
- * should die.
- * @param p The pool to use when allocating any required structures.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_mpm_pod_signal(ap_pod_t *pod);
-
-/**
- * Write data to the pipe-of-death, signalling that all child process
- * should die.
- * @param p The pool to use when allocating any required structures.
- * @param num The number of child processes to kill
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_mpm_pod_killpg(ap_pod_t *pod, int num);
-#endif
-
-/*
- * These data members are common to all mpms. Each new mpm
- * should either use the appropriate ap_mpm_set_* function
- * in their command table or create their own for custom or
- * OS specific needs. These should work for most.
- */
-
-/**
- * The maximum number of requests each child thread or
- * process handles before dying off
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_MAX_REQUESTS
-extern int ap_max_requests_per_child;
-const char *ap_mpm_set_max_requests(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The filename used to store the process id.
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_PIDFILE
-extern const char *ap_pid_fname;
-const char *ap_mpm_set_pidfile(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The name of lockfile used when Apache needs to lock the accept() call.
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_LOCKFILE
-extern const char *ap_lock_fname;
-const char *ap_mpm_set_lockfile(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-/**
- * The system mutex implementation to use for the accept mutex.
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_ACCEPT_LOCK_MECH
-extern apr_lockmech_e ap_accept_lock_mech;
-extern const char ap_valid_accept_mutex_string[];
-const char *ap_mpm_set_accept_lock_mech(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Set the scorboard file.
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_SCOREBOARD
-const char *ap_mpm_set_scoreboard(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-/*
- * The directory that the server changes directory to dump core.
- */
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_COREDUMPDIR
-extern char ap_coredump_dir[MAX_STRING_LEN];
-extern int ap_coredumpdir_configured;
-const char *ap_mpm_set_coredumpdir(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SIGNAL_SERVER
-int ap_signal_server(int *, apr_pool_t *);
-void ap_mpm_rewrite_args(process_rec *);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_SET_MAX_MEM_FREE
-extern apr_uint32_t ap_max_mem_free;
-extern const char *ap_mpm_set_max_mem_free(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef AP_MPM_WANT_FATAL_SIGNAL_HANDLER
-extern apr_status_t ap_fatal_signal_setup(server_rec *s, apr_pool_t *pconf);
-extern apr_status_t ap_fatal_signal_child_setup(server_rec *s);
-#endif
-
-#if AP_ENABLE_EXCEPTION_HOOK
-extern const char *ap_mpm_set_exception_hook(cmd_parms *cmd, void *dummy,
- const char *arg);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_MPM_COMMON_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/pcreposix.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/pcreposix.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a847421f..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/pcreposix.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,99 +0,0 @@
-/*************************************************
-* Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions *
-*************************************************/
-
-/* Copyright (c) 1997-2000 University of Cambridge */
-
-/**
- * @file include/pcreposix.h
- * @brief PCRE definitions
- */
-
-#ifndef _PCREPOSIX_H
-#define _PCREPOSIX_H
-
-/* This is the header for the POSIX wrapper interface to the PCRE Perl-
-Compatible Regular Expression library. It defines the things POSIX says should
-be there. I hope. */
-
-/* Have to include stdlib.h in order to ensure that size_t is defined. */
-
-#include <stdlib.h>
-
-/* Allow for C++ users */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/* Options defined by POSIX. */
-
- /** Ignore case */
-#define REG_ICASE 0x01
- /** Don't match newlines with wildcards */
-#define REG_NEWLINE 0x02
- /** Don't match BOL */
-#define REG_NOTBOL 0x04
- /** Don't match EOL */
-#define REG_NOTEOL 0x08
-
-/* These are not used by PCRE, but by defining them we make it easier
-to slot PCRE into existing programs that make POSIX calls. */
-
- /** UNUSED! */
-#define REG_EXTENDED 0
- /** UNUSED! */
-#define REG_NOSUB 0
-
-/* Error values. Not all these are relevant or used by the wrapper. */
-
-enum {
- REG_ASSERT = 1, /* internal error ? */
- REG_BADBR, /* invalid repeat counts in {} */
- REG_BADPAT, /* pattern error */
- REG_BADRPT, /* ? * + invalid */
- REG_EBRACE, /* unbalanced {} */
- REG_EBRACK, /* unbalanced [] */
- REG_ECOLLATE, /* collation error - not relevant */
- REG_ECTYPE, /* bad class */
- REG_EESCAPE, /* bad escape sequence */
- REG_EMPTY, /* empty expression */
- REG_EPAREN, /* unbalanced () */
- REG_ERANGE, /* bad range inside [] */
- REG_ESIZE, /* expression too big */
- REG_ESPACE, /* failed to get memory */
- REG_ESUBREG, /* bad back reference */
- REG_INVARG, /* bad argument */
- REG_NOMATCH /* match failed */
-};
-
-
-/* The structure representing a compiled regular expression. */
-
-typedef struct {
- void *re_pcre;
- size_t re_nsub;
- size_t re_erroffset;
-} regex_t;
-
-/* The structure in which a captured offset is returned. */
-
-typedef int regoff_t;
-
-typedef struct {
- regoff_t rm_so;
- regoff_t rm_eo;
-} regmatch_t;
-
-/* The functions */
-
-extern int regcomp(regex_t *, const char *, int);
-extern int regexec(regex_t *, const char *, size_t, regmatch_t *, int);
-extern size_t regerror(int, const regex_t *, char *, size_t);
-extern void regfree(regex_t *);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-} /* extern "C" */
-#endif
-
-#endif /* End of pcreposix.h */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/rfc1413.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/rfc1413.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a4ffdf11..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/rfc1413.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_RFC1413_H
-#define APACHE_RFC1413_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package RFC1413 package
- */
-
-/**
- * Retrieve the remote user name, given socket structures. This implements
- * RFC1413, which involves querying the client's identd or auth daemon.
- * @param conn The current connection
- * @param srv The current server
- * @return The remote user name
- * @deffunc char *ap_rfc1413(conn_rec *conn, server_rec *srv)
- */
-extern char *ap_rfc1413(conn_rec *conn, server_rec *srv);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_RFC1413_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/scoreboard.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/scoreboard.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ca18582..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/scoreboard.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,197 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H
-#define APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIMES_H
-#include <sys/time.h>
-#include <sys/times.h>
-#elif defined(TPF)
-#include <time.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "ap_config.h"
-#include "apr_hooks.h"
-#include "apr_thread_proc.h"
-#include "apr_portable.h"
-#include "apr_shm.h"
-
-/* Scoreboard file, if there is one */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_SCOREBOARD
-#define DEFAULT_SCOREBOARD "logs/apache_runtime_status"
-#endif
-
-/* Scoreboard info on a process is, for now, kept very brief ---
- * just status value and pid (the latter so that the caretaker process
- * can properly update the scoreboard when a process dies). We may want
- * to eventually add a separate set of long_score structures which would
- * give, for each process, the number of requests serviced, and info on
- * the current, or most recent, request.
- *
- * Status values:
- */
-
-#define SERVER_DEAD 0
-#define SERVER_STARTING 1 /* Server Starting up */
-#define SERVER_READY 2 /* Waiting for connection (or accept() lock) */
-#define SERVER_BUSY_READ 3 /* Reading a client request */
-#define SERVER_BUSY_WRITE 4 /* Processing a client request */
-#define SERVER_BUSY_KEEPALIVE 5 /* Waiting for more requests via keepalive */
-#define SERVER_BUSY_LOG 6 /* Logging the request */
-#define SERVER_BUSY_DNS 7 /* Looking up a hostname */
-#define SERVER_CLOSING 8 /* Closing the connection */
-#define SERVER_GRACEFUL 9 /* server is gracefully finishing request */
-#define SERVER_IDLE_KILL 10 /* Server is cleaning up idle children. */
-#define SERVER_NUM_STATUS 11 /* number of status settings */
-
-/* Type used for generation indicies. Startup and every restart cause a
- * new generation of children to be spawned. Children within the same
- * generation share the same configuration information -- pointers to stuff
- * created at config time in the parent are valid across children. However,
- * this can't work effectively with non-forked architectures. So while the
- * arrays in the scoreboard never change between the parent and forked
- * children, so they do not require shm storage, the contents of the shm
- * may contain no pointers.
- */
-typedef int ap_generation_t;
-
-/* Is the scoreboard shared between processes or not?
- * Set by the MPM when the scoreboard is created.
- */
-typedef enum {
- SB_NOT_SHARED = 1,
- SB_SHARED = 2
-} ap_scoreboard_e;
-
-#define SB_WORKING 0 /* The server is busy and the child is useful. */
-#define SB_IDLE_DIE 1 /* The server is idle and the child is superfluous. */
- /* The child should check for this and exit gracefully. */
-
-/* stuff which is worker specific */
-/***********************WARNING***************************************/
-/* These are things that are used by mod_status. Do not put anything */
-/* in here that you cannot live without. This structure will not */
-/* be available if mod_status is not loaded. */
-/*********************************************************************/
-typedef struct worker_score worker_score;
-
-struct worker_score {
- int thread_num;
-#if APR_HAS_THREADS
- apr_os_thread_t tid;
-#endif
- unsigned char status;
- unsigned long access_count;
- apr_off_t bytes_served;
- unsigned long my_access_count;
- apr_off_t my_bytes_served;
- apr_off_t conn_bytes;
- unsigned short conn_count;
- apr_time_t start_time;
- apr_time_t stop_time;
-#ifdef HAVE_TIMES
- struct tms times;
-#endif
- apr_time_t last_used;
- char client[32]; /* Keep 'em small... */
- char request[64]; /* We just want an idea... */
- char vhost[32]; /* What virtual host is being accessed? */
-};
-
-typedef struct {
- int server_limit;
- int thread_limit;
- ap_scoreboard_e sb_type;
- ap_generation_t running_generation; /* the generation of children which
- * should still be serving requests. */
- apr_time_t restart_time;
-} global_score;
-
-/* stuff which the parent generally writes and the children rarely read */
-typedef struct process_score process_score;
-struct process_score{
- pid_t pid;
- ap_generation_t generation; /* generation of this child */
- ap_scoreboard_e sb_type;
- int quiescing; /* the process whose pid is stored above is
- * going down gracefully
- */
-};
-
-/* Scoreboard is now in 'local' memory, since it isn't updated once created,
- * even in forked architectures. Child created-processes (non-fork) will
- * set up these indicies into the (possibly relocated) shmem records.
- */
-typedef struct {
- global_score *global;
- process_score *parent;
- worker_score **servers;
-} scoreboard;
-
-typedef struct ap_sb_handle_t ap_sb_handle_t;
-
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_exists_scoreboard_image(void);
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_increment_counts(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, request_rec *r);
-
-int ap_create_scoreboard(apr_pool_t *p, ap_scoreboard_e t);
-apr_status_t ap_reopen_scoreboard(apr_pool_t *p, apr_shm_t **shm, int detached);
-void ap_init_scoreboard(void *shared_score);
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_calc_scoreboard_size(void);
-apr_status_t ap_cleanup_scoreboard(void *d);
-
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_create_sb_handle(ap_sb_handle_t **new_sbh, apr_pool_t *p,
- int child_num, int thread_num);
-
-AP_DECLARE(int) find_child_by_pid(apr_proc_t *pid);
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status, request_rec *r);
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_update_child_status_from_indexes(int child_num, int thread_num,
- int status, request_rec *r);
-void ap_time_process_request(ap_sb_handle_t *sbh, int status);
-
-AP_DECLARE(worker_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_worker(int x, int y);
-AP_DECLARE(process_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_process(int x);
-AP_DECLARE(global_score *) ap_get_scoreboard_global(void);
-
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern scoreboard *ap_scoreboard_image;
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern const char *ap_scoreboard_fname;
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern int ap_extended_status;
-
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_generation_t volatile ap_my_generation;
-
-/* Hooks */
-/**
- * Hook for post scoreboard creation, pre mpm.
- * @param p Apache pool to allocate from.
- * @param sb_type
- * @ingroup hooks
- * @return OK or DECLINE on success; anything else is a error
- */
-AP_DECLARE_HOOK(int, pre_mpm, (apr_pool_t *p, ap_scoreboard_e sb_type))
-
-/* for time_process_request() in http_main.c */
-#define START_PREQUEST 1
-#define STOP_PREQUEST 2
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_SCOREBOARD_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_cfgtree.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_cfgtree.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a23330bc..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_cfgtree.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_CONFTREE_H
-#define AP_CONFTREE_H
-
-#include "ap_config.h"
-
-/**
- * @package Config Tree Package
- */
-
-typedef struct ap_directive_t ap_directive_t;
-
-/**
- * Structure used to build the config tree. The config tree only stores
- * the directives that will be active in the running server. Directives
- * that contain other directions, such as <Directory ...> cause a sub-level
- * to be created, where the included directives are stored. The closing
- * directive (</Directory>) is not stored in the tree.
- */
-struct ap_directive_t {
- /** The current directive */
- const char *directive;
- /** The arguments for the current directive, stored as a space
- * separated list */
- const char *args;
- /** The next directive node in the tree
- * @defvar ap_directive_t *next */
- struct ap_directive_t *next;
- /** The first child node of this directive
- * @defvar ap_directive_t *first_child */
- struct ap_directive_t *first_child;
- /** The parent node of this directive
- * @defvar ap_directive_t *parent */
- struct ap_directive_t *parent;
-
- /** directive's module can store add'l data here */
- void *data;
-
- /* ### these may go away in the future, but are needed for now */
- /** The name of the file this directive was found in */
- const char *filename;
- /** The line number the directive was on */
- int line_num;
-};
-
-/**
- * The root of the configuration tree
- * @defvar ap_directive_t *conftree
- */
-AP_DECLARE_DATA extern ap_directive_t *ap_conftree;
-
-/**
- * Add a node to the configuration tree.
- * @param parent The current parent node. If the added node is a first_child,
- then this is changed to the current node
- * @param current The current node
- * @param toadd The node to add to the tree
- * @param child Is the node to add a child node
- * @return the added node
- */
-ap_directive_t *ap_add_node(ap_directive_t **parent, ap_directive_t *current,
- ap_directive_t *toadd, int child);
-
-#endif
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_charset.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_charset.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 449a8700..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_charset.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,54 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H
-#define APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H
-
-#ifdef APACHE_XLATE
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package charset conversion
- */
-#include "apr_xlate.h"
-
-/** On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
- * headers from the local machine format to ASCII for network transmission.
- * On an ASCII machine this is NULL */
-extern apr_xlate_t *ap_hdrs_to_ascii;
-/** On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
- * headers from ASCII to the local machine format after network transmission.
- * On an ASCII machine this is NULL */
-extern apr_xlate_t *ap_hdrs_from_ascii;
-/** On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
- * content from the local machine format to ASCII for network transmission.
- * On an ASCII machine this is NULL */
-extern apr_xlate_t *ap_locale_to_ascii;
-/** On EBCDIC machine this is a translation handle used to translate the
- * content from ASCII to the local machine format after network transmission.
- * On an ASCII machine this is NULL */
-extern apr_xlate_t *ap_locale_from_ascii;
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* APACHE_XLATE */
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_CHARSET_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ebcdic.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ebcdic.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 0cd54cee..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ebcdic.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H
-#define APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#include "apr_xlate.h"
-#include "httpd.h"
-#include "util_charset.h"
-
-/**
- * @package Utilities for EBCDIC conversion
- */
-
-#if APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC
-
-/**
- * Setup all of the global translation handlers
- * @param pool pool to allocate out of
- */
-apr_status_t ap_init_ebcdic(apr_pool_t *pool);
-
-/**
- * Convert protocol data from the implementation character
- * set to ASCII.
- * @param buffer buffer to translate
- * @param len number of bytes to translate
- */
-void ap_xlate_proto_to_ascii(char *buffer, apr_size_t len);
-
-/**
- * Convert protocol data to the implementation character
- * set from ASCII.
- * @param buffer buffer to translate
- * @param len number of bytes to translate
- */
-void ap_xlate_proto_from_ascii(char *buffer, apr_size_t len);
-
-/**
- * Convert protocol data from the implementation charater
- * set to ASCII, then send it.
- * @param r the current request
- * @param ... the strings to write, followed by a NULL pointer
- */
-int ap_rvputs_proto_in_ascii(request_rec *r, ...);
-
-#else /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
-
-#define ap_xlate_proto_to_ascii(x,y) /* NOOP */
-#define ap_xlate_proto_from_ascii(x,y) /* NOOP */
-
-#define ap_rvputs_proto_in_ascii ap_rvputs
-
-#endif /* APR_CHARSET_EBCDIC */
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_EBCDIC_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_filter.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_filter.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a5c9802a..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_filter.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,516 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef AP_FILTER_H
-#define AP_FILTER_H
-
-#include "apr.h"
-#include "apr_buckets.h"
-
-#include "httpd.h"
-
-#if APR_HAVE_STDARG_H
-#include <stdarg.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @file util_filter.h
- * @brief Apache filter library
- */
-
-/** Returned by the bottom-most filter if no data was written.
- * @see ap_pass_brigade(). */
-#define AP_NOBODY_WROTE -1
-/** Returned by the bottom-most filter if no data was read.
- * @see ap_get_brigade(). */
-#define AP_NOBODY_READ -2
-/** Returned when?? @bug find out when! */
-#define AP_FILTER_ERROR -3
-
-/**
- * input filtering modes
- */
-typedef enum {
- /** The filter should return at most readbytes data. */
- AP_MODE_READBYTES,
- /** The filter should return at most one line of CRLF data.
- * (If a potential line is too long or no CRLF is found, the
- * filter may return partial data).
- */
- AP_MODE_GETLINE,
- /** The filter should implicitly eat any CRLF pairs that it sees. */
- AP_MODE_EATCRLF,
- /** The filter read should be treated as speculative and any returned
- * data should be stored for later retrieval in another mode. */
- AP_MODE_SPECULATIVE,
- /** The filter read should be exhaustive and read until it can not
- * read any more.
- * Use this mode with extreme caution.
- */
- AP_MODE_EXHAUSTIVE,
- /** The filter should initialize the connection if needed,
- * NNTP or FTP over SSL for example.
- */
- AP_MODE_INIT
-} ap_input_mode_t;
-
-/**
- * @defgroup filter FILTER CHAIN
- *
- * Filters operate using a "chaining" mechanism. The filters are chained
- * together into a sequence. When output is generated, it is passed through
- * each of the filters on this chain, until it reaches the end (or "bottom")
- * and is placed onto the network.
- *
- * The top of the chain, the code generating the output, is typically called
- * a "content generator." The content generator's output is fed into the
- * filter chain using the standard Apache output mechanisms: ap_rputs(),
- * ap_rprintf(), ap_rwrite(), etc.
- *
- * Each filter is defined by a callback. This callback takes the output from
- * the previous filter (or the content generator if there is no previous
- * filter), operates on it, and passes the result to the next filter in the
- * chain. This pass-off is performed using the ap_fc_* functions, such as
- * ap_fc_puts(), ap_fc_printf(), ap_fc_write(), etc.
- *
- * When content generation is complete, the system will pass an "end of
- * stream" marker into the filter chain. The filters will use this to flush
- * out any internal state and to detect incomplete syntax (for example, an
- * unterminated SSI directive).
- */
-
-/* forward declare the filter type */
-typedef struct ap_filter_t ap_filter_t;
-
-/**
- * @name Filter callbacks
- *
- * This function type is used for filter callbacks. It will be passed a
- * pointer to "this" filter, and a "bucket" containing the content to be
- * filtered.
- *
- * In filter->ctx, the callback will find its context. This context is
- * provided here, so that a filter may be installed multiple times, each
- * receiving its own per-install context pointer.
- *
- * Callbacks are associated with a filter definition, which is specified
- * by name. See ap_register_input_filter() and ap_register_output_filter()
- * for setting the association between a name for a filter and its
- * associated callback (and other information).
- *
- * If the initialization function argument passed to the registration
- * functions is non-NULL, it will be called iff the filter is in the input
- * or output filter chains and before any data is generated to allow the
- * filter to prepare for processing.
- *
- * The *bucket structure (and all those referenced by ->next and ->prev)
- * should be considered "const". The filter is allowed to modify the
- * next/prev to insert/remove/replace elements in the bucket list, but
- * the types and values of the individual buckets should not be altered.
- *
- * For the input and output filters, the return value of a filter should be
- * an APR status value. For the init function, the return value should
- * be an HTTP error code or OK if it was successful.
- *
- * @ingroup filter
- * @{
- */
-typedef apr_status_t (*ap_out_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f,
- apr_bucket_brigade *b);
-typedef apr_status_t (*ap_in_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f,
- apr_bucket_brigade *b,
- ap_input_mode_t mode,
- apr_read_type_e block,
- apr_off_t readbytes);
-typedef int (*ap_init_filter_func)(ap_filter_t *f);
-
-typedef union ap_filter_func {
- ap_out_filter_func out_func;
- ap_in_filter_func in_func;
-} ap_filter_func;
-
-/** @} */
-
-/**
- * Filters have different types/classifications. These are used to group
- * and sort the filters to properly sequence their operation.
- *
- * The types have a particular sort order, which allows us to insert them
- * into the filter chain in a determistic order. Within a particular grouping,
- * the ordering is equivalent to the order of calls to ap_add_*_filter().
- */
-typedef enum {
- /** These filters are used to alter the content that is passed through
- * them. Examples are SSI or PHP. */
- AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE = 10,
- /** These filters are used to alter the content as a whole, but after all
- * AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE filters are executed. These filters should not
- * change the content-type. An example is deflate. */
- AP_FTYPE_CONTENT_SET = 20,
- /** These filters are used to handle the protocol between server and
- * client. Examples are HTTP and POP. */
- AP_FTYPE_PROTOCOL = 30,
- /** These filters implement transport encodings (e.g., chunking). */
- AP_FTYPE_TRANSCODE = 40,
- /** These filters will alter the content, but in ways that are
- * more strongly associated with the connection. Examples are
- * splitting an HTTP connection into multiple requests and
- * buffering HTTP responses across multiple requests.
- *
- * It is important to note that these types of filters are not
- * allowed in a sub-request. A sub-request's output can certainly
- * be filtered by ::AP_FTYPE_RESOURCE filters, but all of the "final
- * processing" is determined by the main request. */
- AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION = 50,
- /** These filters don't alter the content. They are responsible for
- * sending/receiving data to/from the client. */
- AP_FTYPE_NETWORK = 60
-} ap_filter_type;
-
-/**
- * This is the request-time context structure for an installed filter (in
- * the output filter chain). It provides the callback to use for filtering,
- * the request this filter is associated with (which is important when
- * an output chain also includes sub-request filters), the context for this
- * installed filter, and the filter ordering/chaining fields.
- *
- * Filter callbacks are free to use ->ctx as they please, to store context
- * during the filter process. Generally, this is superior over associating
- * the state directly with the request. A callback should not change any of
- * the other fields.
- */
-
-typedef struct ap_filter_rec_t ap_filter_rec_t;
-
-/**
- * This structure is used for recording information about the
- * registered filters. It associates a name with the filter's callback
- * and filter type.
- *
- * At the moment, these are simply linked in a chain, so a ->next pointer
- * is available.
- */
-struct ap_filter_rec_t {
- /** The registered name for this filter */
- const char *name;
- /** The function to call when this filter is invoked. */
- ap_filter_func filter_func;
- /** The function to call before the handlers are invoked. Notice
- * that this function is called only for filters participating in
- * the http protocol. Filters for other protocols are to be
- * initiliazed by the protocols themselves. */
- ap_init_filter_func filter_init_func;
- /** The type of filter, either AP_FTYPE_CONTENT or AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION.
- * An AP_FTYPE_CONTENT filter modifies the data based on information
- * found in the content. An AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION filter modifies the
- * data based on the type of connection.
- */
- ap_filter_type ftype;
-
- /** The next filter_rec in the list */
- struct ap_filter_rec_t *next;
-};
-
-/**
- * The representation of a filter chain. Each request has a list
- * of these structures which are called in turn to filter the data. Sub
- * requests get an exact copy of the main requests filter chain.
- */
-struct ap_filter_t {
- /** The internal representation of this filter. This includes
- * the filter's name, type, and the actual function pointer.
- */
- ap_filter_rec_t *frec;
-
- /** A place to store any data associated with the current filter */
- void *ctx;
-
- /** The next filter in the chain */
- ap_filter_t *next;
-
- /** The request_rec associated with the current filter. If a sub-request
- * adds filters, then the sub-request is the request associated with the
- * filter.
- */
- request_rec *r;
-
- /** The conn_rec associated with the current filter. This is analogous
- * to the request_rec, except that it is used for input filtering.
- */
- conn_rec *c;
-};
-
-/**
- * Get the current bucket brigade from the next filter on the filter
- * stack. The filter returns an apr_status_t value. If the bottom-most
- * filter doesn't read from the network, then ::AP_NOBODY_READ is returned.
- * The bucket brigade will be empty when there is nothing left to get.
- * @param filter The next filter in the chain
- * @param bucket The current bucket brigade. The original brigade passed
- * to ap_get_brigade() must be empty.
- * @param mode The way in which the data should be read
- * @param block How the operations should be performed
- * ::APR_BLOCK_READ, ::APR_NONBLOCK_READ
- * @param readbytes How many bytes to read from the next filter.
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_get_brigade(ap_filter_t *filter,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bucket,
- ap_input_mode_t mode,
- apr_read_type_e block,
- apr_off_t readbytes);
-
-/**
- * Pass the current bucket brigade down to the next filter on the filter
- * stack. The filter returns an apr_status_t value. If the bottom-most
- * filter doesn't write to the network, then ::AP_NOBODY_WROTE is returned.
- * The caller relinquishes ownership of the brigade.
- * @param filter The next filter in the chain
- * @param bucket The current bucket brigade
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_pass_brigade(ap_filter_t *filter,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bucket);
-
-/**
- * This function is used to register an input filter with the system.
- * After this registration is performed, then a filter may be added
- * into the filter chain by using ap_add_input_filter() and simply
- * specifying the name.
- *
- * @param name The name to attach to the filter function
- * @param filter_func The filter function to name
- * @param filter_init The function to call before the filter handlers
- are invoked
- * @param ftype The type of filter function, either ::AP_FTYPE_CONTENT or
- * ::AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION
- * @see add_input_filter()
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_input_filter(const char *name,
- ap_in_filter_func filter_func,
- ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
- ap_filter_type ftype);
-/**
- * This function is used to register an output filter with the system.
- * After this registration is performed, then a filter may be added
- * into the filter chain by using ap_add_output_filter() and simply
- * specifying the name.
- *
- * @param name The name to attach to the filter function
- * @param filter_func The filter function to name
- * @param filter_init The function to call before the filter handlers
- * are invoked
- * @param ftype The type of filter function, either ::AP_FTYPE_CONTENT or
- * ::AP_FTYPE_CONNECTION
- * @see ap_add_output_filter()
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_register_output_filter(const char *name,
- ap_out_filter_func filter_func,
- ap_init_filter_func filter_init,
- ap_filter_type ftype);
-
-/**
- * Adds a named filter into the filter chain on the specified request record.
- * The filter will be installed with the specified context pointer.
- *
- * Filters added in this way will always be placed at the end of the filters
- * that have the same type (thus, the filters have the same order as the
- * calls to ap_add_filter). If the current filter chain contains filters
- * from another request, then this filter will be added before those other
- * filters.
- *
- * To re-iterate that last comment. This function is building a FIFO
- * list of filters. Take note of that when adding your filter to the chain.
- *
- * @param name The name of the filter to add
- * @param ctx Context data to provide to the filter
- * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
- * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_input_filter(const char *name, void *ctx,
- request_rec *r, conn_rec *c);
-
-/**
- * Variant of ap_add_input_filter() that accepts a registered filter handle
- * (as returned by ap_register_input_filter()) rather than a filter name
- *
- * @param f The filter handle to add
- * @param ctx Context data to provide to the filter
- * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
- * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_input_filter_handle(ap_filter_rec_t *f,
- void *ctx,
- request_rec *r,
- conn_rec *c);
-
-/**
- * Returns the filter handle for use with ap_add_input_filter_handle.
- *
- * @param name The filter name to look up
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_get_input_filter_handle(const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Add a filter to the current request. Filters are added in a FIFO manner.
- * The first filter added will be the first filter called.
- * @param name The name of the filter to add
- * @param ctx Context data to set in the filter
- * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
- * @param c The connection to add this filter for
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_output_filter(const char *name, void *ctx,
- request_rec *r, conn_rec *c);
-
-/**
- * Variant of ap_add_output_filter() that accepts a registered filter handle
- * (as returned by ap_register_output_filter()) rather than a filter name
- *
- * @param f The filter handle to add
- * @param r The request to add this filter for (or NULL if it isn't associated with a request)
- * @param c The connection to add the fillter for
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_t *) ap_add_output_filter_handle(ap_filter_rec_t *f,
- void *ctx,
- request_rec *r,
- conn_rec *c);
-
-/**
- * Returns the filter handle for use with ap_add_output_filter_handle.
- *
- * @param name The filter name to look up
- */
-AP_DECLARE(ap_filter_rec_t *) ap_get_output_filter_handle(const char *name);
-
-/**
- * Remove an input filter from either the request or connection stack
- * it is associated with.
- * @param f The filter to remove
- */
-
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_input_filter(ap_filter_t *f);
-
-/**
- * Remove an output filter from either the request or connection stack
- * it is associated with.
- * @param f The filter to remove
- */
-
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_remove_output_filter(ap_filter_t *f);
-
-/* The next two filters are for abstraction purposes only. They could be
- * done away with, but that would require that we break modules if we ever
- * want to change our filter registration method. The basic idea, is that
- * all filters have a place to store data, the ctx pointer. These functions
- * fill out that pointer with a bucket brigade, and retrieve that data on
- * the next call. The nice thing about these functions, is that they
- * automatically concatenate the bucket brigades together for you. This means
- * that if you have already stored a brigade in the filters ctx pointer, then
- * when you add more it will be tacked onto the end of that brigade. When
- * you retrieve data, if you pass in a bucket brigade to the get function,
- * it will append the current brigade onto the one that you are retrieving.
- */
-
-/**
- * prepare a bucket brigade to be setaside. If a different brigade was
- * set-aside earlier, then the two brigades are concatenated together.
- * @param f The current filter
- * @param save_to The brigade that was previously set-aside. Regardless, the
- * new bucket brigade is returned in this location.
- * @param b The bucket brigade to save aside. This brigade is always empty
- * on return
- * @param p Ensure that all data in the brigade lives as long as this pool
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_save_brigade(ap_filter_t *f,
- apr_bucket_brigade **save_to,
- apr_bucket_brigade **b, apr_pool_t *p);
-
-/**
- * Flush function for apr_brigade_* calls. This calls ap_pass_brigade
- * to flush the brigade if the brigade buffer overflows.
- * @param bb The brigade to flush
- * @param ctx The filter to pass the brigade to
- * @note this function has nothing to do with FLUSH buckets. It is simply
- * a way to flush content out of a brigade and down a filter stack.
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_filter_flush(apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
- void *ctx);
-
-/**
- * Flush the current brigade down the filter stack.
- * @param f The current filter
- * @param bb The brigade to flush
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_fflush(ap_filter_t *f, apr_bucket_brigade *bb);
-
-/**
- * Write a buffer for the current filter, buffering if possible.
- * @param f the filter doing the writing
- * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
- * @param data The data to write
- * @param nbyte The number of bytes in the data
- */
-#define ap_fwrite(f, bb, data, nbyte) \
- apr_brigade_write(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, data, nbyte)
-
-/**
- * Write a buffer for the current filter, buffering if possible.
- * @param f the filter doing the writing
- * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
- * @param str The string to write
- */
-#define ap_fputs(f, bb, str) \
- apr_brigade_puts(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, str)
-
-/**
- * Write a character for the current filter, buffering if possible.
- * @param f the filter doing the writing
- * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
- * @param c The character to write
- */
-#define ap_fputc(f, bb, c) \
- apr_brigade_putc(bb, ap_filter_flush, f, c)
-
-/**
- * Write an unspecified number of strings to the current filter
- * @param f the filter doing the writing
- * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
- * @param ... The strings to write
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_fputstrs(ap_filter_t *f,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
- ...);
-
-/**
- * Output data to the filter in printf format
- * @param f the filter doing the writing
- * @param bb The brigade to buffer into
- * @param fmt The format string
- * @param ... The argumets to use to fill out the format string
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) ap_fprintf(ap_filter_t *f,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
- const char *fmt,
- ...)
- __attribute__((format(printf,3,4)));
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !AP_FILTER_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ldap.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ldap.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 605f3b72..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_ldap.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,318 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef UTIL_LDAP_H
-#define UTIL_LDAP_H
-
-#include <apr_ldap.h>
-
-/* this whole thing disappears if LDAP is not enabled */
-#ifdef APU_HAS_LDAP
-
-/* APR header files */
-#include <apr_thread_mutex.h>
-#include <apr_thread_rwlock.h>
-#include <apr_tables.h>
-#include <apr_time.h>
-
-/* Apache header files */
-#include "ap_config.h"
-#include "httpd.h"
-#include "http_config.h"
-#include "http_core.h"
-#include "http_log.h"
-#include "http_protocol.h"
-#include "http_request.h"
-
-#if APR_HAS_SHARED_MEMORY
-#include "apr_rmm.h"
-#include "apr_shm.h"
-#endif
-
-/* Create a set of LDAP_DECLARE(type), LDLDAP_DECLARE(type) and
- * LDAP_DECLARE_DATA with appropriate export and import tags for the platform
- */
-#if !defined(WIN32)
-#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) type
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA
-#elif defined(LDAP_DECLARE_STATIC)
-#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) type __stdcall
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) type
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA
-#elif defined(LDAP_DECLARE_EXPORT)
-#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllexport) type __stdcall
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllexport) type
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllexport)
-#else
-#define LDAP_DECLARE(type) __declspec(dllimport) type __stdcall
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(type) __declspec(dllimport) type
-#define LDAP_DECLARE_DATA __declspec(dllimport)
-#endif
-
-/*
- * LDAP Connections
- */
-
-/* Values that the deref member can have */
-typedef enum {
- never=LDAP_DEREF_NEVER,
- searching=LDAP_DEREF_SEARCHING,
- finding=LDAP_DEREF_FINDING,
- always=LDAP_DEREF_ALWAYS
-} deref_options;
-
-/* Structure representing an LDAP connection */
-typedef struct util_ldap_connection_t {
- LDAP *ldap;
- apr_pool_t *pool; /* Pool from which this connection is created */
-#if APR_HAS_THREADS
- apr_thread_mutex_t *lock; /* Lock to indicate this connection is in use */
-#endif
- int bound; /* Flag to indicate whether this connection is bound yet */
-
- const char *host; /* Name of the LDAP server (or space separated list) */
- int port; /* Port of the LDAP server */
- deref_options deref; /* how to handle alias dereferening */
-
- const char *binddn; /* DN to bind to server (can be NULL) */
- const char *bindpw; /* Password to bind to server (can be NULL) */
-
- int secure; /* True if use SSL connection */
-
- const char *reason; /* Reason for an error failure */
-
- struct util_ldap_connection_t *next;
-} util_ldap_connection_t;
-
-/* LDAP cache state information */
-typedef struct util_ldap_state_t {
- apr_pool_t *pool; /* pool from which this state is allocated */
-#if APR_HAS_THREADS
- apr_thread_mutex_t *mutex; /* mutex lock for the connection list */
-#endif
- apr_global_mutex_t *util_ldap_cache_lock;
-
- apr_size_t cache_bytes; /* Size (in bytes) of shared memory cache */
- char *cache_file; /* filename for shm */
- long search_cache_ttl; /* TTL for search cache */
- long search_cache_size; /* Size (in entries) of search cache */
- long compare_cache_ttl; /* TTL for compare cache */
- long compare_cache_size; /* Size (in entries) of compare cache */
-
- struct util_ldap_connection_t *connections;
- char *cert_auth_file;
- int cert_file_type;
- int ssl_support;
-
-#if APR_HAS_SHARED_MEMORY
- apr_shm_t *cache_shm;
- apr_rmm_t *cache_rmm;
-#endif
-
- /* cache ald */
- void *util_ldap_cache;
- char *lock_file; /* filename for shm lock mutex */
- int connectionTimeout;
-
-} util_ldap_state_t;
-
-
-/**
- * Open a connection to an LDAP server
- * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
- * to connect to. The handle to the LDAP connection is returned
- * as ldc->ldap.
- * @tip This function connects to the LDAP server and binds. It does not
- * connect if already connected (ldc->ldap != NULL). Does not bind
- * if already bound.
- * @return If successful LDAP_SUCCESS is returned.
- * @deffunc int util_ldap_connection_open(request_rec *r,
- * util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(int) util_ldap_connection_open(request_rec *r,
- util_ldap_connection_t *ldc);
-
-/**
- * Close a connection to an LDAP server
- * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
- * that was connected.
- * @tip This function unbinds from the LDAP server, and clears ldc->ldap.
- * It is possible to rebind to this server again using the same ldc
- * structure, using apr_ldap_open_connection().
- * @deffunc util_ldap_close_connection(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(void) util_ldap_connection_close(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc);
-
-/**
- * Unbind a connection to an LDAP server
- * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
- * that was connected.
- * @tip This function unbinds the LDAP connection, and disconnects from
- * the server. It is used during error conditions, to bring the LDAP
- * connection back to a known state.
- * @deffunc apr_status_t util_ldap_connection_unbind(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) util_ldap_connection_unbind(void *param);
-
-/**
- * Cleanup a connection to an LDAP server
- * @param ldc A structure containing the expanded details of the server
- * that was connected.
- * @tip This function is registered with the pool cleanup to close down the
- * LDAP connections when the server is finished with them.
- * @deffunc apr_status_t util_ldap_connection_cleanup(util_ldap_connection_t *ldc)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE_NONSTD(apr_status_t) util_ldap_connection_cleanup(void *param);
-
-/**
- * Find a connection in a list of connections
- * @param r The request record
- * @param host The hostname to connect to (multiple hosts space separated)
- * @param port The port to connect to
- * @param binddn The DN to bind with
- * @param bindpw The password to bind with
- * @param deref The dereferencing behavior
- * @param secure use SSL on the connection
- * @tip Once a connection is found and returned, a lock will be acquired to
- * lock that particular connection, so that another thread does not try and
- * use this connection while it is busy. Once you are finished with a connection,
- * apr_ldap_connection_close() must be called to release this connection.
- * @deffunc util_ldap_connection_t *util_ldap_connection_find(request_rec *r, const char *host, int port,
- * const char *binddn, const char *bindpw, deref_options deref,
- * int netscapessl, int starttls)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(util_ldap_connection_t *) util_ldap_connection_find(request_rec *r, const char *host, int port,
- const char *binddn, const char *bindpw, deref_options deref,
- int secure);
-
-
-/**
- * Compare two DNs for sameness
- * @param r The request record
- * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
- * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
- * @param dn The first DN to compare.
- * @param reqdn The DN to compare the first DN to.
- * @param compare_dn_on_server Flag to determine whether the DNs should be checked using
- * LDAP calls or with a direct string comparision. A direct
- * string comparison is faster, but not as accurate - false
- * negative comparisons are possible.
- * @tip Two DNs can be equal and still fail a string comparison. Eg "dc=example,dc=com"
- * and "dc=example, dc=com". Use the compare_dn_on_server unless there are serious
- * performance issues.
- * @deffunc int util_ldap_cache_comparedn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- * const char *url, const char *dn, const char *reqdn,
- * int compare_dn_on_server)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(int) util_ldap_cache_comparedn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- const char *url, const char *dn, const char *reqdn,
- int compare_dn_on_server);
-
-/**
- * A generic LDAP compare function
- * @param r The request record
- * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
- * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
- * @param dn The DN of the object in which we do the compare.
- * @param attrib The attribute within the object we are comparing for.
- * @param value The value of the attribute we are trying to compare for.
- * @tip Use this function to determine whether an attribute/value pair exists within an
- * object. Typically this would be used to determine LDAP group membership.
- * @deffunc int util_ldap_cache_compare(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- * const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(int) util_ldap_cache_compare(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- const char *url, const char *dn, const char *attrib, const char *value);
-
-/**
- * Checks a username/password combination by binding to the LDAP server
- * @param r The request record
- * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
- * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
- * @param basedn The Base DN to search for the user in.
- * @param scope LDAP scope of the search.
- * @param attrs LDAP attributes to return in search.
- * @param filter The user to search for in the form of an LDAP filter. This filter must return
- * exactly one user for the check to be successful.
- * @param bindpw The user password to bind as.
- * @param binddn The DN of the user will be returned in this variable.
- * @param retvals The values corresponding to the attributes requested in the attrs array.
- * @tip The filter supplied will be searched for. If a single entry is returned, an attempt
- * is made to bind as that user. If this bind succeeds, the user is not validated.
- * @deffunc int util_ldap_cache_checkuserid(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- * char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
- * char *filter, char *bindpw, char **binddn, char ***retvals)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(int) util_ldap_cache_checkuserid(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- const char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
- const char *filter, const char *bindpw, const char **binddn, const char ***retvals);
-
-/**
- * Retrieves the LDAP DN of the user without the need to know user password
- * @param r The request record
- * @param ldc The LDAP connection being used.
- * @param url The URL of the LDAP connection - used for deciding which cache to use.
- * @param basedn The Base DN to search for the user in.
- * @param scope LDAP scope of the search.
- * @param attrs LDAP attributes to return in search.
- * @param filter The user to search for in the form of an LDAP filter. This filter must return
- * exactly one user for the check to be successful.
- * @param binddn The DN of the user will be returned in this variable.
- * @param retvals The values corresponding to the attributes requested in the attrs array.
- * @tip The filter supplied will be searched for. A single entry matching the search is returned.
- * @deffunc int util_ldap_cache_getuserdn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- * char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
- * char *filter, char **binddn, char ***retvals)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(int) util_ldap_cache_getuserdn(request_rec *r, util_ldap_connection_t *ldc,
- const char *url, const char *basedn, int scope, char **attrs,
- const char *filter, const char **binddn, const char ***retvals);
-
-/**
- * Checks if SSL support is available in mod_ldap
- * @deffunc int util_ldap_ssl_supported(request_rec *r)
- */
-LDAP_DECLARE(int) util_ldap_ssl_supported(request_rec *r);
-
-/* from apr_ldap_cache.c */
-
-/**
- * Init the LDAP cache
- * @param pool The pool to use to initialise the cache
- * @param reqsize The size of the shared memory segement to request. A size
- * of zero requests the max size possible from
- * apr_shmem_init()
- * @deffunc void util_ldap_cache_init(apr_pool_t *p, util_ldap_state_t *st)
- * @return The status code returned is the status code of the
- * apr_smmem_init() call. Regardless of the status, the cache
- * will be set up at least for in-process or in-thread operation.
- */
-apr_status_t util_ldap_cache_init(apr_pool_t *pool, util_ldap_state_t *st);
-
-/* from apr_ldap_cache_mgr.c */
-
-/**
- * Display formatted stats for cache
- * @param The pool to allocate the returned string from
- * @tip This function returns a string allocated from the provided pool that describes
- * various stats about the cache.
- * @deffunc char *util_ald_cache_display(apr_pool_t *pool, util_ldap_state_t *st)
- */
-char *util_ald_cache_display(request_rec *r, util_ldap_state_t *st);
-
-#endif /* APU_HAS_LDAP */
-#endif /* UTIL_LDAP_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_md5.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_md5.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c5299de..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_md5.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H
-#define APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Apache MD5 library
- */
-
-#include "apr_md5.h"
-
-/**
- * Create an MD5 checksum of a given string
- * @param a Pool to allocate out of
- * @param string String to get the checksum of
- * @return The checksum
- * @deffunc char *ap_md5(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *string)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *string);
-
-/**
- * Create an MD5 checksum of a string of binary data
- * @param a Pool to allocate out of
- * @param buf Buffer to generate checksum for
- * @param len The length of the buffer
- * @return The checksum
- * @deffunc char *ap_md5_binary(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *buf, int len)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5_binary(apr_pool_t *a, const unsigned char *buf, int len);
-
-/**
- * Convert an MD5 checksum into a base64 encoding
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- * @param context The context to convert
- * @return The converted encoding
- * @deffunc char *ap_md5contextTo64(apr_pool_t *p, apr_md5_ctx_t *context)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5contextTo64(apr_pool_t *p, apr_md5_ctx_t *context);
-
-/**
- * Create an MD5 Digest for a given file
- * @param p The pool to allocate out of
- * @param infile The file to create the digest for
- * @deffunc char *ap_md5digest(apr_pool_t *p, apr_file_t *infile)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char *) ap_md5digest(apr_pool_t *p, apr_file_t *infile);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_MD5_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_script.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_script.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c68b81d9..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_script.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H
-#define APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H
-
-#include "apr_buckets.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Apache script tools
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_ARG_MAX
-#ifdef _POSIX_ARG_MAX
-#define APACHE_ARG_MAX _POSIX_ARG_MAX
-#else
-#define APACHE_ARG_MAX 512
-#endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Create an environment variable out of an Apache table of key-value pairs
- * @param p pool to allocate out of
- * @param t Apache table of key-value pairs
- * @return An array containing the same key-value pairs suitable for
- * use with an exec call.
- * @deffunc char **ap_create_environment(apr_pool_t *p, apr_table_t *t)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(char **) ap_create_environment(apr_pool_t *p, apr_table_t *t);
-
-/**
- * This "cute" little function comes about because the path info on
- * filenames and URLs aren't always the same. So we take the two,
- * and find as much of the two that match as possible.
- * @param uri The uri we are currently parsing
- * @param path_info The current path info
- * @return The length of the path info
- * @deffunc int ap_find_path_info(const char *uri, const char *path_info)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_find_path_info(const char *uri, const char *path_info);
-
-/**
- * Add CGI environment variables required by HTTP/1.1 to the request's
- * environment table
- * @param r the current request
- * @deffunc void ap_add_cgi_vars(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_cgi_vars(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Add common CGI environment variables to the requests environment table
- * @param r The current request
- * @deffunc void ap_add_common_vars(request_rec *r)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(void) ap_add_common_vars(request_rec *r);
-
-/**
- * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
- * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
- * current request
- * @param r The current request
- * @param f The file to read from
- * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
- * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
- * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_scan_script_header_err(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f, char *buffer)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err(request_rec *r, apr_file_t *f, char *buffer);
-
-/**
- * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
- * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
- * current request
- * @param r The current request
- * @param bb The brigade from which to read
- * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
- * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
- * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade(request_rec *r, apr_bucket_brigade *bb, char *buffer)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_brigade(request_rec *r,
- apr_bucket_brigade *bb,
- char *buffer);
-
-/**
- * Read headers strings from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
- * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
- * current request
- * @param r The current request
- * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
- * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
- * @param termch Pointer to the last character parsed.
- * @param termarg Pointer to an int to capture the last argument parsed.
- * @param args String arguments to parse consecutively for headers,
- * a NULL argument terminates the list.
- * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_scan_script_header_err_core(request_rec *r, char *buffer, int (*getsfunc)(char *, int, void *), void *getsfunc_data)
- */
-AP_DECLARE_NONSTD(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_strs(request_rec *r,
- char *buffer,
- const char **termch,
- int *termarg, ...);
-
-/**
- * Read headers output from a script, ensuring that the output is valid. If
- * the output is valid, then the headers are added to the headers out of the
- * current request
- * @param r The current request
- * @param buffer Empty when calling the function. On output, if there was an
- * error, the string that cause the error is stored here.
- * @param getsfunc Function to read the headers from. This function should
- act like gets()
- * @param getsfunc_data The place to read from
- * @return HTTP_OK on success, HTTP_INTERNAL_SERVER_ERROR otherwise
- * @deffunc int ap_scan_script_header_err_core(request_rec *r, char *buffer, int (*getsfunc)(char *, int, void *), void *getsfunc_data)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_scan_script_header_err_core(request_rec *r, char *buffer,
- int (*getsfunc) (char *, int, void *),
- void *getsfunc_data);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_SCRIPT_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_time.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_time.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 5e8e394f..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_time.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H
-#define APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H
-
-#include "apr.h"
-#include "apr_time.h"
-#include "httpd.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Apache date-time handling functions
- */
-
-/* Maximum delta from the current time, in seconds, for a past time
- * to qualify as "recent" for use in the ap_explode_recent_*() functions:
- * (Must be a power of two minus one!)
- */
-#define AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD 15
-
-/**
- * convert a recent time to its human readable components in local timezone
- * @param tm the exploded time
- * @param t the time to explode: MUST be within the last
- * AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD seconds
- * @note This is a faster alternative to apr_explode_localtime that uses
- * a cache of pre-exploded time structures. It is useful for things
- * that need to explode the current time multiple times per second,
- * like loggers.
- * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_explode_recent_localtime(apr_time_exp_t *tm,
- apr_time_t t);
-
-/**
- * convert a recent time to its human readable components in GMT timezone
- * @param tm the exploded time
- * @param t the time to explode: MUST be within the last
- * AP_TIME_RECENT_THRESHOLD seconds
- * @note This is a faster alternative to apr_time_exp_gmt that uses
- * a cache of pre-exploded time structures. It is useful for things
- * that need to explode the current time multiple times per second,
- * like loggers.
- * @return APR_SUCCESS iff successful
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_explode_recent_gmt(apr_time_exp_t *tm,
- apr_time_t t);
-
-
-/**
- * format a recent timestamp in the ctime() format.
- * @param date_str String to write to.
- * @param t the time to convert
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_ctime(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);
-
-/**
- * format a recent timestamp in the RFC822 format
- * @param date_str String to write to (must have length >= APR_RFC822_DATE_LEN)
- * @param t the time to convert
- */
-AP_DECLARE(apr_status_t) ap_recent_rfc822_date(char *date_str, apr_time_t t);
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* !APACHE_UTIL_TIME_H */
diff --git a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_xml.h b/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_xml.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 4965b14e..00000000
--- a/rubbos/app/httpd-2.0.64/include/util_xml.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-/* Licensed to the Apache Software Foundation (ASF) under one or more
- * contributor license agreements. See the NOTICE file distributed with
- * this work for additional information regarding copyright ownership.
- * The ASF licenses this file to You under the Apache License, Version 2.0
- * (the "License"); you may not use this file except in compliance with
- * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at
- *
- * http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
- *
- * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
- * distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
- * WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
- * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
- * limitations under the License.
- */
-
-#ifndef UTIL_XML_H
-#define UTIL_XML_H
-
-#include "apr_xml.h"
-
-#include "httpd.h"
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-/**
- * @package Apache XML library
- */
-
-/**
- * Get XML post data and parse it
- * @param r The current request
- * @param pdoc The XML post data
- * @return HTTP status code
- * @deffunc int ap_xml_parse_input(request_rec *r, apr_xml_doc **pdoc)
- */
-AP_DECLARE(int) ap_xml_parse_input(request_rec *r, apr_xml_doc **pdoc);
-
-
-#ifdef __cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* UTIL_XML_H */